Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / C&F Financial Corporation

C&F Financial Corporation

cffi · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cffi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 545
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · C&F Financial Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
39d09_976 full cvr  2/24/09  12:46 PM  Page 1

3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
757-741-2201

802 Main Street
PO Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

www.cffc.com

39d09_976 full cvr  2/24/09  12:46 PM  Page 2

Left to Right: Laura Shreaves, Tom Cherry, Bryan McKernon, Vern Lockwood,
Larry Dillon, Matthew Steilberg, Amy Doherty, Charlie Link, 
Ron Espy, Eric Nost and Dusty Crone

C&F Financial Corporation is a one-bank holding
company providing a full range of banking services to
individuals and businesses through its subsidiaries.

C&F Bank (Citizens and Farmers Bank) offers quality
banking services to individuals and businesses through
18 retail branches located from Hampton to Richmond
in Virginia. 

C&F Mortgage Corporation originates and sells
residential mortgages throughout Virginia, North
Carolina, Maryland, Delaware and New Jersey.
Through its subsidiaries, C&F Mortgage provides
ancillary mortgage loan production  services for loan
settlement, residential appraisals and title insurance.

C&F Finance Company specializes in new and used
automobile lending in Virginia, Indiana, North
Carolina, Maryland, Kentucky, Ohio, Tennessee and
West Virginia.  

C&F Investment Services, Inc. provides a full range
of securities brokerage, life and health insurance and
investment services to individuals and businesses
through the Bank’s 18 retail branch locations.

WE BELIEVE

Excellence is the standard for all we do, achieved by encouraging

and nourishing: 
• Respect for others
• Honest, open communication
• Individual development and satisfaction
• A sense of ownership and responsibility 

for the Corporation’s success

• Participation, cooperation, and teamwork
• Creativity, innovation, and initiative
• Prudent risk-taking and
• Recognition and rewards for achievement.

We must conduct ourselves morally and ethically at all times and

in all relationships.

We have an obligation to the well-being of all the communities we serve.

That our officers and staff are our most important assets, making
the critical difference in how the Corporation performs; and, 
through their work and effort, separates us from all competitors.

STOCK LISTING
Current market quotations for the common stock of C&F Financial
Corporation are available under the symbol CFFI.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company serves as transfer agent
for the Corporation.
You may write them at: 

59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level
New York, NY 10038
telephone them toll-free at:

1-800-937-5449
or visit their website at:
www.amstock.com

INVESTOR RELATIONS & 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
C&F  Financial  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and
quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,  may  be  obtained  without  charge  by  visiting
the Corporation’s website at www.cffc.com. 

Copies of these documents can also be obtained without charge upon
written  request.  Requests  for  this  or  other  financial  information
about C&F Financial Corporation should be directed to:

Thomas Cherry
Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary
C&F Financial Corporation
P.O. Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

2008 C&F Annual Report 

2008 C&F Annual Report  

_976 PAGES  2/24/09  2:54 PM  Page 1

2008 IN REVIEW

NET INCOME
(In Thousands)
$12,129

$11,198

$11,788

$8,480

$4,181

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

EARNINGS PER SHARE
(Assuming Dilution)
$3.71

$3.00

$3.36

$2.68

$1.38

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY

16.78%

17.70%

18.97%

11.86%

12.33%

11.93%

2004

2005

2006

13.03%

10.28%

2007

RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS

1.91%

1.82%

1.75%

1.07%

1.11%

1.07%

1.13%

.96%

2004

2005

2006

2007

6.39%

5.64%
2008

0.51%

0.54%

2008

Peer Comparison Source: Federal Financial Institutions Examination
Council (FFIEC) Bank Holding Company Performance Report – 2008
data is through 9/30.

TOM CHERRY
Chief Financial Officer of 
C&F Financial Corporation

As the financial crises deepened throughout
2008  it  became  clear  to  us  that  businesses
with  capital  and  liquidity  were  going  to  be
the  survivors.  These  companies  would  be
well-positioned  when  the  economy  and
markets began to improve – and we plan to
be one of them. 

Actively  managing  capital  is  not  a  new
strategy  here  at  C&F;  it  has  been  a  part  of
our mission statement for a long time. Over
the  years  we  have  increased  our  dividends,
repurchased  our  stock,  and  we  grew  the
bank’s  assets  –  all  of  which  effectively
utilized  our  capital.  In  December  of  2007
we  strengthened  our  capital  by  issuing  an
additional  $10  million  in  trust  preferred
securities, a significant portion of which acts
as Tier 1 capital. We were also pleased that
the  government  decided  to  invest  in  the
healthiest banks throughout the country with
the TARP program; we decided to participate
in  order  to  further  strengthen  our  ability  to
serve  customers.  As  a  result  of  all  these
actions our capital position remains strong.

We also continue to be very active in manag-
ing our liquidity. While deposits will always
be our biggest source of liquidity, we realized
some  time  ago  that  financial  institutions
could  benefit  from  diversifying  sources  of
liquidity  and  we  have  done  so.  As  a  result
we have never had to worry about liquidity
and  our  current  position,  like  our  capital,
remains strong.

Our actions will allow us to grow and take
advantage of opportunities that may present
themselves in 2009. 

2008 C&F Annual Report v Page 1

                          
_976 PAGES  2/24/09  2:54 PM  Page 2

LARRY G. DILLON
Letter from the President 

On  behalf  of  the  Board  of

Directors, I am pleased to present C&F

Financial  Corporation’s  2008  Annual

Report.  While  I  am  concerned  about

the economy, C&F remains profitable

and  I  am  confident  about  our  ability

to  remain  profitable.  I  am  also  opti-

mistic  about  our  future,  especially  as

these  economic  crises  we  are  now  in

begin  to  subside.  Without  question,

the past two years have been two of the

most  challenging  the  Company  has

ever  faced.  Unfortunately,  with  the

current  state  of  the  economy,  we  will

most  likely  be  experiencing  more  of

the same for some time.                >>>>

2008 C&F Annual Report v Page 2

Many  believe  that  this  is  the  worst  economic  situation  since  the  great
depression and I would have to agree. We are in the midst of a deepening reces-
sion and many banks have tremendous amounts of bad loans and investments
on their books, making the financial sector very vulnerable to any worsening in
the economy.

Some in Washington want to point their fingers at the banks as being the
cause of this economic mess. To a certain degree, there may be some truth in
that.  However,  most  of  that  would  be  attributed  to  the  mortgage  banks,  the
investment banks and the large banks, many of which are no longer with us –
not the “main street” banks.  

Blame does not rest with just the banks. The finger could just as easily be
pointed  at  Washington  and  some  of  the  policies  that  originated  there.  One
example  is  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act.  While  this  Act  may  have  been
well-intentioned, it forced banks to make loans and investments to individuals
and organizations that might otherwise not have qualified. Another example of
questionable political influence was the push during the Clinton years of mak-
ing residential loans available “to all.” Again, well-intentioned, but look what
those  policies  may  have  helped  precipitate.  And  maybe  Washington’s  biggest
mistake  of  all  was  failing  to  provide  sufficient  oversight  to  Freddie  Mac  and
Fannie Mae and their loose lending practices.

Many of us in the “main street” banking world could see that the lending
practices taking place until just last year would eventually come back to haunt
us: making loans to those who should not qualify; making loans to individuals
where the lender did not or could not verify the borrowers’ income or assets to
assure repayment was feasible; or making variable rate loans to individuals and
qualifying  them  based  on  payments  determined  by  the  very  low  teaser  rate
versus a normal rate that would be effective at the end of the teaser period. The
new payment amount ended up being one that anyone could see the borrower
could not afford. Most banks did not participate in this type of lending, and
many of those who did are either no longer with us or struggling to survive.

In short, the end result is that real estate values have fallen and sales of new
homes  have  slowed.  Investment  values  have  fallen  and  that  means  the  net
worth of millions of Americans has been greatly reduced. Some of the larger
financial institutions no longer exist; the economy is in a recession and more
and more jobs are being lost every day. Congress would like banks to lend and
banks would like to lend, but banks want to make loans that will be paid back
as  agreed.  Who  to  lend  to  and  who  not  to  lend  to  –  even  among  financial
institutions – are tough decisions in these times. To use an analogy of the son
of a good friend of mine, it’s like you’ve locked a hundred people into a room;
two of them have a very deadly disease that if you touch them, you too, will die;
no one knows who they are, so no one in the room will touch any of the others.
That was very much the case in September of 2008 when banks stopped lending
to each other and the whole financial system all but collapsed. Today, it is still
in the minds of lenders who want to have confidence that their borrowers will
be around to pay back their loans. To rebuild that faith is going to take time.

Net income for 2008 was $4.18 million (including a loss of $976 thousand,
net of tax benefits, relating to our investments in the preferred stock of Fannie
Mae and Freddie Mac) compared to $8.48 million earned in 2007. This result-
ed  in  a  return  on  average  equity  of  6.39%  and  a  return  on  average  assets  of
0.51% for 2008, compared to 13.03% and 1.13%, respectively, for 2007. Total
assets  increased  from  $786  million  at  the  end  of  2007  to  $856  million  at

      
_976 PAGES  2/24/09  2:54 PM  Page 3

December  31,  2008,  with  loans  increasing  by  more  than  $50  million.  Loans
grew in the 7-8% range at both the Bank and the Finance Company. Deposits
grew 4.39% for the year, going from $528 million at the end of 2007 to $551
million at December 31, 2008.

The primary factors contributing to our earnings decline were the continued
pressure on our spread; our provisions for loan losses; expenses associated with
troubled assets; and, the impact of the losses from our Freddie Mac and Fannie
Mae investments, as mentioned above.  

Our margin compression can probably best be explained by example. Over
the past two years, the Federal Reserve has aggressively dropped interest rates
in its attempt to spur the economy. The result is that the Prime Rate is now
3.25%. At C&F Bank, approximately half of our loans are indexed to this rate.
Each time the Prime Rate dropped 0.5%, our interest income declined $1 million.
And then there is the fact that we have competitors still offering 12-month CDs
at  3%,  which  keeps  the  cost  of  deposits  higher  for  all  banks.  Therefore,  the
Bank’s  net  interest  margin  has  declined,  making  it  harder  to  cover  overhead
and return a profit.

With  the  decline  in  the  economy,  some  of  our  customers’  ability  to  repay
their loans on a timely basis has diminished. With the drop in home prices, as
well  as  the  drop  in  lot  values,  several  of  our  real  estate  development  loans,
which were once well-secured and properly performing, became nonperforming
loans. With regard to our consumer real estate loans, even though our customers’
equity values in their homes have dropped significantly, we have not yet experi-
enced a significant increase in delinquencies. However, the same cannot be said
regarding the experience at our Finance Company, where the effects of rising
unemployment have been immediately reflected in higher charge-offs.

With  the  decline  in  the  overall  economy  as  well  as  the  decline  in  the  real
estate market, increasing our provisions for loan losses became imperative in
2008. Overall, we increased our provisions to $13.8 million in 2008, which is
$6.6 million over the $7.1 million expensed in 2007. The majority of the increase,
$3.9  million,  was  made  by  the  Finance  Company  due  to  its  growth  in  loans
outstanding  as  well  as  significantly  higher  charge-offs  resulting  from  the
deteriorating economy. At the Bank, the $2.0 million increase in provision was
necessitated by an increase in nonperforming assets to $18.6 million, consist-
ing of $17.2 million of nonaccrual loans and $1.4 million of foreclosed proper-
ties.  The  largest  components  of  the  nonaccrual  loans  are  two  commercial
relationships aggregating $15.6 million, which are secured by residential real
estate.  Based  on  current  appraisals  of  the  collateral,  we  believe  that  we  have
provided  adequately  for  future  loan  losses.  The  foreclosed  properties  consist
primarily of $1.3 million with one commercial relationship.  

The  Mortgage  Company  provided  for  $1.1  million  of  what  is  known  as
indemnification  losses  in  2008.  These  are  losses  on  loans  we  originated  that
had early payment defaults or loans sold to investors that were later found to
have  been  made  under  fraudulent  circumstances  (i.e.,  the  customers  gave  us
fraudulent  information  in  order  to  get  their  loans  approved).  Based  on  the
loans  returned  to  us  up  to  this  point,  we  believe  that  we  have  adequately
reserved for potential losses. In addition to our provisions for loan losses at our
core  business  segments,  expenses  associated with  dealing  with  problem  loans
have increased.                                                                                                   >>>>

LAURA SHREAVES
Senior Vice President of Human Resources

A  business  must  foster  an  environment  of

trust  and  commitment  in  order  to  recruit,

grow, and retain superior talent. And creat-

ing  this  high  level  of  trust  and  commitment

begins and ends with the quality of the rela-

tionships  we  build  as  a  team.  Trust  creates

loyalty,  and  loyal  employees  do  a  great  job

for our shareholders.  I am committed to this!

Like  other  companies,  we  here  at  C&F  are

seeing  a  generational  transition  with  regard

to our talent base. We value the experience of

the teammates who have been here for many

years and we are grateful for their dedication

and loyalty, and it is very important to me

that  we  continually  invest  in  these  relation-

ships so that these employees stay with us.

We are also adding individuals to our team

who  bring  new  experience  and  skill,  and

they  are  strengthening  the  bank  too.  Our

future depends on our ability to continue to

recruit that talent, and it is my job to make

sure that happens.

2008 C&F Annual Report v Page 3

      
_976 PAGES  2/24/09  2:54 PM  Page 4

BRYAN MCKERNON
President of C&F Mortgage Corporation

I  am  proud  to  tell  you  that  2009  is  already

presenting  real  opportunities  for  us  to

strengthen  our  already  strong  performance

at C&F Mortgage.

The disruption in the mortgage market is pre-

senting us with the opportunity to strengthen

our  talent  base.  Many  of  our  mortgage

competitors  are  struggling  or  have  even

disappeared;  C&F  is  known  as  a  quality

mortgage  provider  and  that  is  helping  us

attract top talent from struggling competitors.

We  have  proven  the  ability  to  retain  talent

once  we  have  it,  and  our  competitors  are

willing to let it go now.

Because of our reputation we are also seeing

an  opportunity  to  negotiate  favorable

product offerings, enabling us to outperform

the market.  

In summary, I know that we have a power-

ful  combination:  the  best  talent  delivering

the best products available from a company

with a strong reputation. We appreciate the

opportunity to serve you as our shareholder.

2008 C&F Annual Report v Page 4

While  we  believe  the  current  reserves  in  each  of  our  major  business
segments are adequate for potential loan losses, we are constantly monitoring
the situation and may increase reserves in the future based upon changes in
our portfolios and general economic conditions.

Our capital and liquidity positions at the Bank remain strong. As we began
to see the credit markets tightening last year, we obtained several new lines of
credit that could be used during a liquidity crunch. We wanted to have many
options available to us to obtain liquidity should the credit crisis worsen. We
now feel that we are in an excellent position. Also, at year-end the Bank’s total
capital well exceeded regulatory guidelines for well-capitalized status.  

Even  though  we  knew  we  were  well-capitalized,  we  took  advantage  of  the
U.S. Treasury’s TARP (Troubled Asset Relief Program) Capital Purchase Program by
selling $20 million of preferred stock to the Treasury on January 9, 2009. Our
ultimate  decision  to  participate  in  this  program  took  several  turns.  Initially,
we  had  no  interest  in  the  Capital  Purchase  Program  because  we  were  well-
capitalized.  As  the  Treasury’s  discussions  progressed,  however,  the  initiative
changed  to  being  one  of  assuring  that  the  healthiest  banks  survived  the
economic  crisis  by  infusing  them  with  more  capital.  At  the  encouragement
of  both  of  our  regulators,  the  FDIC  and  the  State  Bureau  of  Financial
Institutions, we reconsidered submitting an application. We certainly wanted
to be recognized as one of the healthiest banks in the country and given that
the dividend rate on the preferred stock was reasonable, we believed this to be
an appropriate way to help further assure our future.  

This was not “bailout” money. We have to pay a 5% annual dividend on the
preferred stock and we issued a warrant, which allows the Treasury to purchase
approximately 168,000 shares of our common stock. The Treasury will actually
receive a reasonable return through both the dividend and the right to purchase
our  stock  through  the  warrant  and  then  resell  it  at  a  profit.  We  believe  that
being one of the first 200 banks in the country to sell stock under this program
has distinguished C&F as one of the healthiest banks in the country.

The picture has changed as Congress has become more involved. Congress
wants banks to leverage this capital by making more loans. At first glance this
may look like a good plan, yet we must remember that part of what got us into
this situation to begin with was their encouragement for banks to make loans
that should not have been made. Congress should remember that bankers want
to make ALL the good loans they can but bankers also want to know that they
are making loans that will be repaid as agreed. If the government continues to
change  the  rules  of  participation  in  the  Capital  Purchase  Program,  we  may
consider the merits of paying it back sooner rather than later.

We  are  doing  everything  we  can  to  make  as  many  good  loans  as  possible,
with or without the government’s encouragement. To incent buyers to act now,
we  are  offering  special  financing  rates  for  real  estate  that  we  have  acquired
through foreclosure, as well as real estate owned by our developers and builders
who are experiencing slow sales of their properties. This helps our customers
and C&F. We are also working with our customers to do everything possible to
avoid foreclosures. We want to do everything we can to help pull us all out of
this crisis – for everyone’s sake.

We know that our dividend rate and our stock price are important to all of
our  shareholders.  Unfortunately,  our  stock  price  has  been  rising  and  falling
with the market fluctuations of the entire financial sector. Given where bank
earnings are, I don’t see any significant changes in the near future. As to our

        
_976 PAGES  2/24/09  2:54 PM  Page 5

dividend rate, we are trying to do whatever we can to keep it at its current level.
However,  dividends  deplete  capital  and  it  is  very  important  that  we  have
sufficient capital for future growth as well as unexpected losses. Please know
that the Board is constantly evaluating our dividend policy and its impact on
our capital and other business activities.  

Even though recent events can be depressing to some, I try to find positives
in whatever happens, and I think we can find quite a few surrounding our cur-
rent situation. First, there is a good cleansing taking place in the market. I am
hopeful the end result will be that the financial markets learn the lessons from
these  events  and  the  irresponsible  lending  practices  of  the  last  ten  to  fifteen
years will not reappear. Prudent lending should return: evaluating the ability to
repay, verifying income and assets, etc. As a part of this cleansing, some of the
players of the last few years will no longer be with us – for example, those that
took shortcuts, those that deceived customers, those that were only interested
in what they could make off the transaction, etc. From a personal perspective,
this readjustment in the real estate market should make it more feasible for our
children  to  have  hope  for  owning  their  own  homes,  which  is  certainly  more
feasible than if real estate prices had continued their upward spiral.

What  can  we  expect  for  2009?  I’m  not  sure  that  the  “bottom”  has  been
reached. Given that scenario, I would expect the Bank to have more loans go into
a  nonperforming  status,  which  would  require  us  to  continue  to  build  our
reserves for bad debt, thereby negatively impacting income. I’m not sure that it
will be worse than 2008, but it probably will not be a whole lot better. I would
expect  our  Finance  Company  to  have  more  charge-offs  as  a  result  of  higher
unemployment. I would expect movement in the housing market if mortgage
rates continue to decline. More people will also take advantage of refinancing
their homes and purchase homes now within their financial reach due to the
lower  prices  in  the  market.  This  would  mean  more  production  and  possibly
more income at the Mortgage Company. If interest rates increase, all bets are off.

2009  will  most  likely  be  another  difficult  year.  However,  by  the  fourth
quarter,  I  believe  we  will  have  a  better  understanding  of  the  possibility  of
economic  improvement.  I  believe  our  future  remains  bright.  When  we  can
stabilize  our  reserves  for  bad  debts,  when  interest  spreads  improve  to  more
traditional  levels,  and  when  the  housing  market  improves,  then  we  will  see
improvements in our earnings. I am optimistic.

It has been a tough year for all. I want to thank all of our C&F employees.
They  have  worked  incredibly  hard  to  help  lead  our  company  through  this
highly challenging  and  chaotic  environment.  Many  of  these  employees  have
sacrificed a great deal to put in an effort of which we all should be proud. As
you  read  this  Annual  Report,  you  will  see  the  names  and  faces,  and  read  the
comments  of  several  of  our  senior  leaders;  these  are  some  of  the  individuals
who I am counting on to join me in leading C&F to great success as we move
forward.  Many thanks also to our directors for their continued guidance and,
as  always,  many  thanks  to  you  for  your  continued  support.  May  God’s
blessings help pull us all through these difficult times.

Larry G. Dillon
Larry G. Dillon
Chairman, President & Chief
Executive Officer

MATTHEW STEILBERG
Senior Vice President of Retail Banking

A business must have a distinct and remark-

able advantage over its competitors in order

to  be  successful.  Our  advantage  in  prior

years has been providing superior customer

service.  And  while  we  still  feel  good  about

our  customer  service,  our  competitors  have

improved theirs too – and so that advantage

has narrowed. That’s why we will add new

customer  experience  strategies  this  year  to

build  on  our  positive  reputation,  thereby

creating  a  compelling  and  distinctive

advantage for C&F.

We will also implement new business devel-

opment  plans,  one  of  which  is  to  add  more

branch  teammates  dedicated  to  proactively

servicing  and  growing  current  customer

relationships.  These  Relationship  Bankers

will  also  work  very  hard  to  acquire  new

customers from our competition.

Customers  will  also  see  Managers  who  are

even more passionate about the excellence of

their business; they will be visibly active on

the floor of their branch, leading a distinctive

customer experience.

Lastly,  we  will  all  be  held  accountable  for

exceeding  budget  expectations  and  greatly

strengthen  how  we  reward  and  recognize

our very best employees.

Please come see us!

2008 C&F Annual Report v Page 5

         
_976 PAGES  2/24/09  2:54 PM  Page 6

Listed left to right: Joshua H. Lawson, Audrey D. Holmes, Bryan E. McKernon, Barry R. Chernack, Larry G. Dillon,
J. P. Causey Jr., Paul C. Robinson, C. Elis Olsson, William E. O’Connell Jr., James H. Hudson III 

C&F DIRECTORS & OFFICERS

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION / C&F BANK BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Joshua H. Lawson*+
President
Thrift Insurance Corporation

Bryan E. McKernon+
President & CEO
C&F Mortgage Corporation

William E. O’Connell Jr.*+
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

C. Elis Olsson*+
Director of Operations
Martinair, Inc.

J. P. Causey Jr.*+
Executive Vice President,
Secretary & General Counsel
Chesapeake Corporation

Barry R. Chernack*+
Retired Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Larry G. Dillon*+
Chairman, President & CEO
C&F Financial Corporation
Citizens and Farmers Bank

Audrey D. Holmes*+
Attorney-at-Law
Audrey D. Holmes, Attorney-at-Law

James H. Hudson III*+
Attorney-at-Law
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.

* C&F Financial Corporation Board Member
+ C&F Bank Board Member

SANDSTON / VARINA ADVISORY BOARD

Robert A. Canfield
Attorney-at-Law
Canfield, Shapiro, Baer, Heller & Johnston

Reginald H. Nelson IV
Senior Partner
Colonial Acres Farm

John G. Ragsdale II
Business Owner
Sandston Cleaners

Philip T. Rutledge Jr.
Retired Deputy County Manager
County of Henrico

Sandra W. Seelmann
Real Estate Broker/Owner
Varina & Seelmann Realty

E. Ray Jernigan
Business Owner
Citizens Machine Shop

S. Floyd Mays
Insurance Agent/Owner
Floyd Mays Insurance

James M. Mehfoud
Pharmacist/Business Owner
Sandston Pharmacy

Robert F. Nelson Jr.
Professional Engineer
Engineering Design Associates

2008 C&F Annual Report v Page 6

C&F BANK RICHMOND BOARD

Jeffery W. Jones
Chairman & CEO
WFofR, Incorporated

S. Craig Lane
President
Lane & Hamner, P.C.

J. Charles Link
President
C&F Bank/Richmond

William E. O’Connell Jr.
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

Meade A. Spotts
President
Spotts, Fain, P.C.

Scott E. Strickler
Treasurer
Robins Insurance Agency, Inc.

C&F MORTGAGE CORPORATION
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

J. P. Causey Jr.
Executive Vice President,
Secretary & General Counsel
Chesapeake Corporation

Larry G. Dillon
Chairman of the Board

James H. Hudson III
Attorney-at-Law
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.

William E. O’Connell Jr.
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

Paul C. Robinson
Owner & President
Francisco, Robinson & Associates,
Realtors

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTANTS
Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.
Winchester, Virginia

CORPORATE COUNSEL
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.
West Point, Virginia

Paul C. Robinson*+
Owner & President
Francisco, Robinson & Associates, Realtors

Bryan E. McKernon
President & CEO
C&F Mortgage Corporation

                                                                                                         
_976 PAGES  2/24/09  2:54 PM  Page 7

C&F OFFICERS & LOCATIONS

C&F BANK
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES

802 Main Street
West Point, Virginia 23181
(804) 843-2360
3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
(757) 741-2201

Larry G. Dillon*
Chairman, President & CEO

Thomas F. Cherry*
Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary

Amy J. Doherty
Senior Vice President, Information Officer

Ronald P. Espy
Senior Vice President & Chief Lending Officer

Laura H. Shreaves
Senior Vice President & Director of 
Human Resources

Matthew H. Steilberg
Senior Vice President, Retail Banking

E. Turner Coggin
Vice President, Senior Loan Underwriter

Sandra S. Fryer
Vice President, Application Support Manager

Deborah H. Hall
Vice President, Credit Administration

Donna M. Haviland
Vice President, Director of Internal Audit

Dollie M. Kelly
Vice President, Market Leader

James M. Lull
Vice President, Commercial Lending

Deborah R. Nichols
Vice President, Quality Control

Mary-Jo Rawson
Vice President & Controller

Helga H. Ridenhour
Vice President, 
Retail Banking Operations Manager

Christopher A. Spillare
Vice President & Treasurer

Teresa S. Weaver
Vice President, Market Leader

*Officers of C&F Financial Corporation

NEWPORT NEWS, VIRGINIA
Cynthia W. Tatum
Branch Manager
NORGE, VIRGINIA
Taryn R. Haden
Branch Manager
PROVIDENCE FORGE, VIRGINIA
James D. W. King
Vice President & Branch Manager
QUINTON, VIRGINIA
Van N. McPherson
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager
RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
West Broad Street
Kevin L. Ford
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager
Patterson Avenue
T. Hurst Kelley
Branch Manager
VARINA, VIRGINIA
Tracy E. Pendleton
Vice President, Commercial Lending

SALUDA, VIRGINIA
Elizabeth B. Faudree
Vice President & Branch Manager
SANDSTON, VIRGINIA
Katherine P. Buckner
Vice President & Branch Manager
WEST POINT, VIRGINIA
Main Street
14th Street
Donna T. Callis
Branch Manager
WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Jamestown Road
Alec J. Nuttall
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager
Longhill Road
Marci R. Clodfelter
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager
YORKTOWN, VIRGINIA
Barrett J. Franklin
Branch Manager
CONSTRUCTION LENDING OFFICE
C&F Center
1400 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 858-8351
Terrence C. Gates
Vice President, Real Estate Construction

C&F BANK / RICHMOND
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
C&F Center
1340 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 378-0332
J. Charles Link
President
Edward W. Estes III
Vice President, Commercial Lending
Charles T. Nuttle
Vice President, Commercial Lending
Tracy E. Pendleton
Vice President, Commercial Lending
David L. Shaffer
Vice President, Commercial Lending

C&F BANK / PENINSULA
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
City Center
11815 Fountain Way, Suite 410
698 Town Center Drive
Newport News, Virginia 23606
(757) 952-1670
Vern E. Lockwood II
President
David S. Jolley
Vice President, Commercial Lending
Lorie D. Sarrett
Vice President, Commercial Lending
Bonnie S. Smith
Vice President, Real Estate Lending

C&F INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
802 Main Street
West Point, Virginia 23181
(804)843-4584 or (800) 583-3863
Eric F. Nost
President

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Douglas L. Hartz
Vice President

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Bruce D. French
Assistant Vice President

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Douglas L. Cash Jr.
Vice President

CHESTER, VIRGINIA
Mary Schoenfelder
Vice President & Branch Manager
HAMPTON, VIRGINIA
Jackie W. Norman
Branch Manager

MECHANICSVILLE, VIRGINIA
Elliot G. Jenkins
Branch Manager

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Kirsten E. D. Francis
Assistant Vice President & 
Branch Manager

ERIC NOST
President of C&F Investments

It goes without question that the investment business changed dramatically in 2008.
At C&F Investment Services we are adapting to meet the challenge that this change
has produced.  

In 2009 and going forward we are committed to conducting proactive semi-
annual portfolio reviews with our customers. These meetings will enable us
to  understand  if  and  how  each  customer’s  personal  goals  and  objectives
have changed. When we understand these changes, we can recommend
the appropriate rebalancing of their portfolio to support those changes.

2008 C&F Annual Report v Page 7

                                                                                                                                        
_976 PAGES  2/24/09  2:54 PM  Page 8

C&F OFFICERS & LOCATIONS

C&F MORTGAGE CORPORATION
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
C&F Center
1400 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 858-8300

Bryan E. McKernon
President & CEO
Mark A. Fox
Executive Vice President & COO
Donna G. Jarratt
Senior Vice President & Chief of
Branch Administration
Kevin A. McCann
Senior Vice President & CFO
Tracy L. Bishop
Vice President & Human Resources Manager
M. Kathy Burley
Vice President & Closing Manager
Susan L. Driver
Vice President & Underwriting Manager
Madeline Witty
Compliance Manager
Michael J. Vogelbach
Manager of Information Systems
Katherine K. Watrous
Controller

CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA
William E. Hamrick
Vice President & Branch Manager

FAIRFAX, VIRGINIA
Mark C. Canniff, Sr.
Branch Manager

FREDERICKSBURG, VIRGINIA
Brian F. Whetzel
Branch Manager

R.W. Edmondson III
Branch Manager

CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA
Patrick B. Edmondson
Sales Manager

HANOVER, VIRGINIA
ROANOKE, VIRGINIA
John H. Reeves III
Vice President & Regional Manager

FISHERSVILLE, VIRGINIA
Vickie J. Painter
Branch Manager

GASTONIA, NORTH CAROLINA
Nancy W. Poteat
Branch Manager

HARRISONBURG, VIRGINIA
Gloria J. Wright
Branch Manager

LYNCHBURG, VIRGINIA
Shirley D. Falwell
Branch Manager

Andrew N. Shields
Branch Manager

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Brandon W. Beswick
Branch Manager–Southside

Donald R. Jordan
Vice President & 
Branch Manager–Richmond South

Susan P. Burkett
Vice President & Operations Manager

Daniel J. Murphy
Vice President & Branch Manager–Midlothian

Page C. Yonce
Vice President & 
Branch Manager–Richmond Central

NEWPORT NEWS, VIRGINIA
WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Linda H. Gaskins
Vice President & Branch Manager

Mary L. Rebholz
Production Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
William A. Brown, Jr.
Branch Manager–Richmond West

VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA
Francis B. “Chip” Simkins III
Branch Manager

George Temple Jr.
Production Manager

DUSTY CRONE
Executive Vice President of C&F Finance

As I reflect on our successes and opportunities from 2008, two signifi-
cant  opportunities  stood  out.  The  first  is  that  we  have  done  an  even
better  job  of  being  actively  involved  with  the  smallest  of  details  that
impact  C&F  Finance’s  performance  and  profitability.  As  a  leadership
team,  we  analyze  our  operations  every  day  for  opportunities  that  will
reduce costs and generate revenue.

Secondly,  our  entire  team  is  focused  on  the  bottom  line  with  an  “all
hands on deck” philosophy. From a sales person collecting an account to
a manager assisting in the verification process, everyone is committed to
doing what it takes to get the job done and make a difference!

2008 C&F Annual Report v Page 8

ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND
Michael J. Mazzola
Senior Vice President &
Maryland Area Manager

William J. Regan
Vice President & Branch Manager
ELLICOTT CITY, MARYLAND
Scott B. Segrist
Branch Manager

Robert G. Menton
Branch Manager
WALDORF, MARYLAND
Timothy J. Murphy
Branch Manager
NEWPORT, DELAWARE
Craig I. Snyder
Branch Manager
MOORESTOWN, NEW JERSEY
R. Scott Wallace
Branch Manager

C&F TITLE AGENCY, INC.
Midlothian, Virginia
Eileen A. Cherry
Vice President & Title Insurance Underwriter
HOMETOWN SETTLEMENT
SERVICES LLC
Annapolis, Maryland
CERTIFIED APPRAISALS LLC
Midlothian, Virginia
H. Daniel Salomonsky
Vice President & Appraisal Manager
C&F FINANCE COMPANY
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
4660 South Laburnum Avenue
Richmond, Virginia 23231
(804) 236-9601
S. Dustin Crone
Executive Vice President
C. Shawn Moore
Senior Vice President
Michael K. Wilson
Senior Vice President & COO
Alfred D. Hinkle, Jr.
Vice President, Human Resources
Thomas W. Young
Vice President, Operations
NORTHERN VIRGINIA/
MARYLAND REGION
Kevin F. Jones Jr.
Area Sales Manager
HAMPTON/VA BEACH, VIRGINIA
RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
EASTERN TENNESSEE
Pamela L. Austin
Regional Manager
GREENSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
Michael L. Seguin
Area Sales Manager
NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE
CINCINNATI/NORTHERN KENTUCKY
J. Steven Davis
Area Sales Manager

                                                                                                                                        
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
 ( X )   

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 

or 

 (    ) 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 

For the transition period from _____________to_____________ 

Commission file number 000-23423 

  C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

   (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

Virginia 

54-1680165 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

802 Main Street 
West Point, VA 23181 
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (804) 843-2360 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share 
Title of each class 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Name of each exchange on which registered 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  
NONE 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   

Yes (   )   No ( X )

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes ( X )   No (   ) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 

and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    (   ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a 

smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” ”accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer (   ) 

Accelerated Filer                  ( X ) 

Non-accelerated filer   (   ) 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company (   ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 

2008 was $66,512,458. 

There were 3,039,941 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 25, 2009. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement dated March 16, 2009 to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 21, 2009 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS ............................................................................................................................... page   1 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS...................................................................................................................... page 12 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS................................................................................. page 16 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES .......................................................................................................................... page 16 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ....................................................................................................... page 17 

ITEM 4. 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.......................... page 18 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED 

  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF 
  EQUITY SECURITIES........................................................................................................ page 18 

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ......................................................................................... page 19 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF 

  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION................................... page 20 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES 

  ABOUT MARKET RISK ...................................................................................................  page 54 

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA .................................... page 57 

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS 
  ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE .............................................. page 94 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES...................................................................................... page 94 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION ..................................................................................................... page 97 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE............ page 97 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ......................................................................................... page 98 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
  MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS............................... page 98 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND 

  DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE......................................................................................... page 98 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ..................................................... page 98 

PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES ..................................................... page 99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

General 

C&F Financial Corporation (the Corporation) is a bank holding company that was incorporated in March 
1994 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.  The Corporation owns all of the stock of its sole operating 
subsidiary,  Citizens  and  Farmers  Bank  (C&F  Bank  or  the  Bank),  which  is  an  independent  commercial  bank 
chartered  under  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia.    The  Bank  originally  opened  for  business  under  the 
name  Farmers  and  Mechanics  Bank  on  January  22,  1927.    The  Bank  has  the  following  five  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries, all incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia: 

•  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  Hometown  Settlement  Services  LLC, 

Certified Appraisals LLC  and C&F Reinsurance LTD 

•  C&F Finance Company 
•  C&F Investment Services, Inc. 
•  C&F Insurance Services, Inc.  
•  C&F Title Agency, Inc. 

The Corporation operates in a decentralized manner in three principal business activities: (1) retail banking 
through C&F Bank, (2) mortgage banking through C&F Mortgage Corporation (C&F Mortgage) and (3) consumer 
finance through C&F Finance Company (C&F Finance).  The following general business discussion focuses on the 
activities within each of these segments. 

In  addition,  the  Corporation  conducts  brokerage  activities  through  C&F  Investment  Services,  Inc., 
insurance  activities  through  C&F  Insurance  Services,  Inc.  and  title  insurance  services  through  C&F  Title  Agency, 
Inc.    The  financial  position  and  operating  results  of  any  one  of  these  subsidiaries  are  not  significant  to  the 
Corporation as a whole and are not considered principal activities of the Corporation at this time. 

The  Corporation  also  owns  two  non-operating  subsidiaries,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  II  (Trust  II) 
formed  in  December  2007  and  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  I  (Trust  I)  formed  in  July  2005.    These  trusts  were 
formed  for  the  purpose  of  issuing  $10.0  million  each  of trust preferred capital securities in private placements to 
institutional  investors.  These trusts are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Corporation and their principal assets 
are  $10.3  million  each  of  the  Corporation’s  junior  subordinated  debt  securities  (referred  to  herein  as  “trust 
preferred capital notes,”) that are reported as liabilities of the Corporation.  

Retail Banking 

We  provide  retail  banking  services  at  the  Bank’s  main  office  in  West  Point,  Virginia,  and  17  Virginia 
branches  located  one  each  in  Chester,  Hampton,  Mechanicsville,  Midlothian,  Newport  News,  Norge,  Providence 
Forge,  Quinton,  Saluda,  Sandston,  Varina,  West  Point,  Yorktown,  and  two  each  in  Williamsburg  and  Richmond.  
These  branches  provide  a  wide  range  of  banking  services  to  individuals  and  businesses.    These  services  include 
various  types  of  checking  and  savings  deposit  accounts,  as  well  as  business,  real  estate,  development,  mortgage, 
home equity and installment loans.  The Bank also offers ATMs, internet banking, credit card and trust services, as 
well as travelers’ checks, safe deposit box rentals, collection, notary public, wire service and other customary bank 
services to its customers.  Revenues from retail banking operations consist primarily of interest earned on loans and 
investment  securities  and  fees  related  to  deposit  services.    At  December  31,  2008,  assets  of  the  Retail  Banking 
segment totaled $697.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2008, income before income taxes for this segment 
totaled $931,000. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage Banking 

We conduct mortgage banking activities through C&F Mortgage, which was organized in September 1995.  
C&F  Mortgage  provides  mortgage  loan  origination  services  through  13  locations  in  Virginia,  three  in  Maryland, 
two in North Carolina and one each in Newport, Delaware and Moorestown, New Jersey.  The Virginia offices are 
located  one  each  in  Charlottesville,  Fairfax,  Fishersville,  Fredericksburg,  Hanover,  Harrisonburg,  Lynchburg, 
Midlothian, Newport News, Roanoke and Virginia Beach and two in Richmond.  The Maryland offices are located 
in  Annapolis, Ellicott City and Waldorf.  The North Carolina offices are located in Charlotte and Gastonia.  C&F 
Mortgage offers a wide variety of residential mortgage loans, which are originated for sale to numerous investors.  
C&F Mortgage does not securitize loans.  Purchasers of loans include, but are not limited to, Countrywide Bank, 
FSB;  Wells  Fargo  Home  Mortgage;  Franklin  American  Mortgage  Company;  the  Virginia  Housing  Development 
Authority; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.; and Branch Banking & Trust Company.  The Bank also purchases lot and 
permanent  loans  and  home  equity  lines  of  credit  from  C&F  Mortgage.    C&F  Mortgage  originates  conventional 
mortgage  loans,  mortgage  loans  insured  by  the  Federal  Housing  Administration  (the  FHA),  mortgage  loans 
partially  guaranteed  by  the  Veterans  Administration  (the  VA)  and  home  equity  loans.    A  majority  of  the 
conventional  loans  are conforming loans that qualify for purchase by the Federal National Mortgage Association 
(Fannie Mae) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac).  The remainder of the conventional 
loans are non-conforming loans that do not meet Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac guidelines, but are eligible for sale to 
various other investors.  Through its subsidiaries, C&F Mortgage also provides ancillary mortgage loan origination 
services  for  loan  settlement  and  residential  appraisals.    Revenues  from  mortgage  banking  operations  consist 
principally of gains on sales of loans in the secondary mortgage market, loan origination fee income and interest 
earned  on  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale.    At  December  31,  2008,  assets  of  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  totaled 
$45.1  million.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  income  before  income  taxes  for  this  segment  totaled  $2.4 
million. 

Consumer Finance 

We conduct consumer finance activities through C&F Finance, which the Bank acquired on September 1, 
2002.  C&F Finance is a regional finance company providing automobile loans throughout Virginia and in portions 
of  Indiana,  Kentucky,  Maryland,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Tennessee  and  West  Virginia  through  its  offices  in 
Richmond and Hampton, Virginia, in Nashville, Tennessee and in Towson, Maryland.  C&F Finance is an indirect 
lender that provides automobile financing through lending programs that are designed to serve customers in the 
“non-prime”  market  who  have  limited  access  to  traditional  automobile  financing.    C&F  Finance  generally 
purchases  automobile  retail  installment  sales  contracts  from  manufacturer-franchised  dealerships  with  used-car 
operations and through selected independent dealerships.  C&F Finance selects these dealers based on the types of 
vehicles  sold.    Specifically,  C&F  Finance  prefers  to  finance  later  model,  low  mileage  used  vehicles  because  the 
initial  depreciation  on  new  vehicles  is  extremely  high.    C&F  Finance’s  typical  borrowers  have  experienced  prior 
credit difficulties.  Because C&F Finance serves customers who are unable to meet the credit standards imposed by 
most  traditional  automobile  financing  sources,  C&F  Finance  typically  charges  interest  at  higher  rates  than  those 
charged  by  traditional  financing  sources.    As  C&F  Finance  provides  financing  in  a  relatively  high-risk  market,  it 
expects to experience a higher level of credit losses than traditional automobile financing sources.  Revenues from 
consumer  finance  operations  consist  principally  of  interest  earned  on  automobile  loans.    At  December  31,  2008, 
assets  of  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  totaled  $178.7  million.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  income 
before income taxes for this segment totaled $4.3 million. 

Employees 

At December 31, 2008, we employed 497 full-time equivalent employees.  We consider relations with our 

employees to be excellent. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competition 

Retail Banking 

In  the  Bank’s  market  area,  we  compete  with  large  national  and  regional  financial  institutions,  savings 
associations and other independent community banks, as well as credit unions, mutual funds, brokerage firms and 
insurance  companies.    Increased  competition  has  come  from  out-of-state  banks  through  their  acquisition  of 
Virginia-based banks and expansion of community and regional banks into our service areas. 

The  banking  business  in  Virginia,  and  in  the  Bank’s  primary  service  area  in  the  Hampton  to  Richmond 
corridor, is highly competitive for both loans and deposits, and is dominated by a relatively small number of large 
banks with many offices operating over a wide geographic area.  Among the advantages such large banks have are 
their  ability  to  finance  wide-ranging  advertising  campaigns  and,  by  virtue  of  their  greater  total  capitalization,  to 
have substantially higher lending limits than the Bank.  

Factors  such  as  interest  rates  offered,  the  number  and  location  of  branches  and  the  types  of  products 
offered,  as  well  as  the  reputation  of  the  institution  affect  competition  for  deposits  and  loans.    We  compete  by 
emphasizing  customer  service  and  technology,  establishing  long-term  customer  relationships,  building  customer 
loyalty, and providing products and services to address the specific needs of our customers.  We target individual 
and small-to-medium size business customers. 

No material part of the Bank’s business is dependent upon a single or a few customers, and the loss of any 

single customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon the Bank’s business. 

Mortgage Banking 

C&F Mortgage competes with large national and regional banks, credit unions, smaller regional mortgage 
lenders and small local broker operations.  As loan volumes have decreased over the past five years, the industry 
has seen a consolidation in the number of competitors in the marketplace.  However, the competition with regard 
to  price  has  increased  tremendously  as  the  remaining  participants  struggle  to  achieve  volume  and  profitability 
benchmarks.  The contraction in volume, accompanied by the downturn in the housing markets related to declines 
in  real  estate  values,  increased  payment  defaults  and  foreclosures  have  had  a  dramatic  effect  on  the  secondary 
market.    The  guidelines  surrounding  agency  business  (i.e.,  loans  sold  to  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac)  have 
become much more restrictive and the associated mortgage insurance for loans above 80 percent loan-to-value has 
continued to tighten.  The jumbo markets have slowed considerably and pricing has increased dramatically.  These 
changes  in  the  conventional  market  have  caused  a  dramatic  increase  in  government  lending  and  state  bond 
programs.    To  operate  profitably  in  this  environment,  lenders  must  have  a  high  level  of  operational  and  risk 
management skills and be able to attract and retain top mortgage origination talent.  C&F Mortgage competes by 
attracting the top sales people in the industry, providing an operational infrastructure that manages the guideline 
changes efficiently and effectively, offering a product menu that is both competitive in loan parameters as well as 
price, and providing consistently high quality customer service levels. 

No  material  part  of  C&F  Mortgage’s  business  is  dependent  upon  a  single  customer  and  the  loss  of  any 
single customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Mortgage’s business.  C&F Mortgage, like all 
residential mortgage lenders, would be impacted by the inability of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the FHA or the VA 
to purchase loans.  Although C&F Mortgage sells loans to various intermediaries, the ability of these aggregators to 
purchase loans would be limited if these government-sponsored entities were to cease to exist. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Finance 

The  non-prime  automobile  finance  business  is  highly  competitive.    The  automobile  finance  market  is 
highly fragmented and is served by a variety of financial entities, including the captive finance affiliates of major 
automotive manufacturers, banks, savings associations, credit unions and independent finance companies.  Many 
of  these  competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial  resources  and  lower  costs  of  funds  than  our  finance 
subsidiary.    In  addition,  competitors  often  provide  financing  on  terms  that  are  more  favorable  to  automobile 
purchasers  or  dealers  than  the  terms  C&F  Finance  offers.    Many  of  these  competitors  also  have  long-standing 
relationships with automobile dealerships and may offer dealerships or their customers other forms of financing, 
including dealer floor plan financing and leasing, which we do not. 

During  2008,  there  was  significant  contraction  in  the  number  of  institutions  providing  automobile 
financing for the non-prime market.  This contraction accompanied the economic downturn and the tightening of 
credit, which contributed to increasing defaults, a decline in collateral values and higher charge-offs.  To operate 
profitably in this environment, lenders must have a high level of operational and risk management skills. 

Providers  of  automobile  financing  traditionally  have  competed  on  the  basis  of  interest  rates  charged,  the 
quality  of  credit  accepted,  the  flexibility  of  loan  terms  offered  and  the  quality  of  service  provided  to  dealers and 
customers.  To establish C&F Finance as one of the principal financing sources at the dealers it serves, we compete 
predominately  through  a  high  level  of  dealer  service,  strong  dealer  relationships  and  by  offering  flexible  loan 
terms. 

No material part of C&F Finance’s business is dependent upon any single dealer relationship, and the loss 

of any single dealer relationship would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Finance’s business. 

Regulation and Supervision 

General 

Bank  holding  companies  and  banks  are  extensively  regulated  under  both  federal  and  state  law.    The 
following  summary  briefly  describes  the  more  significant  provisions  of  applicable  federal  and  state  laws  and 
certain regulations and the potential impact of such provisions on the Corporation and the Bank.  This summary is 
not  complete,  and  we  refer  you  to  the  particular  statutory  or  regulatory  provisions  or  proposals  for  more 
information.  It is also not clear at this time what impact the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, enacted 
October 3, 2008, as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, enacted February 17, 2009, 
(the  EESA)  or  other  initiatives  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  the  Treasury  (Treasury)  and  other  bank  regulatory 
agencies that have been announced, or any additional program that may be initiated in the future, will have on the 
financial  markets,  the  financial  services  industry,  the  Corporation  or  the  Bank.    Because  federal  regulation  of 
financial  institutions  changes  regularly  and  is  the  subject  of  constant  legislative  debate,  we  cannot  forecast  how 
federal regulation of financial institutions may change in the future and impact the Corporation’s and the Bank’s 
operations. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulation of the Corporation 

The  Corporation  must  file  annual,  quarterly  and  other  periodic  reports  with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (the SEC).  The Corporation is directly affected by the corporate responsibility and accounting reform 
legislation signed into law on July 30, 2002, known as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the SOX Act), and the related 
rules and regulations.  The SOX Act includes provisions that, among other things:  (1) require that periodic reports 
containing  financial  statements  that  are  filed  with  the  SEC  be  accompanied  by  chief  executive  officer  and  chief 
financial  officer  certifications  as  to  their  accuracy  and  compliance  with  law;  (2)  prohibit  public  companies,  with 
certain  limited  exceptions,  from  making  personal  loans  to  their  directors  or  executive  officers;  (3)  require  chief 
executive  officers  and  chief  financial  officers  to  forfeit  bonuses  and  profits  if  company  financial  statements  are 
restated due to misconduct; (4) require audit committees to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided 
by  an  issuer’s  outside  auditors,  except  for  de  minimis  non-audit  services;  (5)  protect  employees  of  public 
companies who assist in investigations relating to violations of the federal securities laws from job discrimination; 
(6) require companies to disclose in plain English on a “rapid and current basis” material changes in their financial 
condition  or  operations,  as  well  as  certain  other  specified  information;  (7)  require  a  public  company’s  Section  16 
insiders to make Form 4 filings with the SEC within two business days following the day on which purchases or 
sales of the company’s equity securities were made; and (8) increased penalties for existing crimes and created new 
criminal  offenses.    While  the  Corporation  has  incurred  additional  expenses  and  we  expect  to  continue  to  incur 
additional  expenses  in  complying  with  the  requirements  of  the  SOX  Act  and  related  regulations  adopted  by  the 
SEC  and  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board,  we  anticipate  that  those  expenses  will  not  have  a 
material effect on the Corporation’s results of operations or financial condition. 

The Corporation is also subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the 
Federal Reserve Board).  The Federal Reserve Board has jurisdiction to approve any bank or non-bank acquisition, 
merger  or  consolidation  proposed  by  a  bank  holding  company.    The  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956  (the 
BHCA) generally limits the activities of a bank holding company and its subsidiaries to that of banking, managing 
or controlling banks, or any other activity that is closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks.   

Since September 1995, the BHCA has permitted bank holding companies from any state to acquire banks 
and  bank  holding  companies  located  in  any  other  state,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  including  nationwide  and 
state imposed concentration limits.  Banks also are able to branch across state lines, provided certain conditions are 
met,  including  that  applicable  state  laws  expressly  permit  such  interstate  branching.    Virginia  permits  branching 
across state lines, provided there is reciprocity with the state in which the out-of-state bank is based. 

Federal  law  and  regulatory  policy  impose  a  number  of  obligations  and  restrictions  on  bank  holding 
companies and their depository institution subsidiaries to reduce potential loss exposure to the depositors and to 
the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  FDIC)  insurance  funds.    For  example,  a  bank  holding  company 
must  commit  resources  to  support  its  subsidiary  depository  institutions.    In  addition,  insured  depository 
institutions under common control must reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the 
Deposit  Insurance  Fund  (DIF)  as  a  result  of  the  default  of  a  commonly  controlled  insured  depository  institution.  
The FDIC may decline to enforce the provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the DIF.  An 
FDIC  claim  for  damage  is  superior  to  claims  of  stockholders  of  an  insured  depository  institution  or  its  holding 
company but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt, other than 
affiliates, of the commonly controlled insured depository institution. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the FDIA) provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other 
resolution  of  any  insured  depository  institution  must  be  distributed,  after  payment  of  secured  claims,  to  pay  the 
deposit  liabilities  of  the  institution  before  payment  of  any  other  general  creditor  or  stockholder.    This  provision 
would  give  depositors  a  preference  over  general  and  subordinated  creditors  and  stockholders  if  a  receiver  is 
appointed to distribute the assets of the Bank.   

The  Corporation  also  is  subject  to  regulation  and  supervision  by  the  State  Corporation  Commission  of 

Virginia.   

Capital Requirements 

The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital 
guidelines applicable to banking organizations they supervise.  Under the risk-based capital requirements of these 
federal bank regulatory agencies, the Corporation and the Bank are required to maintain a minimum ratio of total 
capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 
of  at  least  4.0  percent.    At  least  half  of  the  total  capital  must  be  Tier  1  capital,  which  includes  common  equity, 
retained  earnings  and  qualifying  perpetual  preferred  stock,  less  certain  intangibles  and  other  adjustments.    The 
remainder  may  consist  of  Tier  2  capital,  such  as  a  limited  amount  of  subordinated  and  other  qualifying  debt 
(including certain hybrid capital instruments), other qualifying preferred stock and a limited amount of the general 
loan  loss  allowance.    For  the  Corporation  only,  Tier  1  and  total  capital  include  trust  preferred  securities.    At 
December 31, 2008, the total capital to risk-weighted asset ratio of the Corporation was 12.3 percent and the ratio of 
the Bank was 12.0 percent.  At December 31, 2008, the Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset ratio was 10.8 percent for 
the Corporation and 10.7 percent for the Bank. 

In  addition,  each  of  the  federal  regulatory  agencies  has  established  leverage  capital  ratio  guidelines  for 
banking organizations.  These guidelines provide for a minimum Tier l leverage ratio of 4.0 percent for banks and 
bank holding companies.  At December 31, 2008, the Tier l leverage ratio was 8.9 percent for the Corporation and 
8.7 percent for the Bank.  The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or 
making acquisitions must maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without 
significant reliance on intangible assets. 

On January 9, 2009, as part of the Capital Purchase Program (Capital Purchase Program) established by the 
Treasury  under  the  EESA,  the  Corporation  issued  and  sold  to  Treasury  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $20.0 
million in cash (1) 20,000 shares of the Corporation’s fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series A, par 
value $1.00 per share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (Series A Preferred Stock) and (2) a ten-
year  warrant  to  purchase  up  to  167,504  shares  of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock,  par  value  $1.00  per  share 
(Common  Stock),  at  an  initial  exercise  price  of  $17.91  per  share  (Warrant).    The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  may  be 
treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes.  However, because the Series A 
Preferred  Stock  was  issued  in  2009,  it  has  not  been  included  in  the  December  31,  2008  capital  ratios  presented 
above. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Limits on Dividends 

The Corporation is a legal entity, separate and distinct from the Bank.  A significant portion of the revenues 
of the Corporation result from dividends paid to it by the Bank.  Both the Corporation and the Bank are subject to 
laws and regulations that limit the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital at or above 
regulatory  minimums.    Banking  regulators  have  indicated  that  Virginia  banking  organizations  should  generally 
pay dividends only (1) from net undivided profits of the bank, after providing for all expenses, losses, interest and 
taxes accrued or due by the bank and (2) if the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the 
organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.  In addition, the FDIA prohibits insured 
depository institutions such as the Bank from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, 
after making such distribution, the institution would become undercapitalized as defined in the statute. 

We  do  not  expect  that  any  of  these  laws,  regulations  or  policies  will  materially  affect  the  ability  of  the 
Corporation  or  the  Bank  to  pay  dividends.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  the  Bank  declared  $3.9 
million  in  dividends  payable  to  the  Corporation,  which  were  used  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  Corporation’s  debt 
service and dividends payable to shareholders. 

Payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Corporation’s board of directors and is subject to various 
federal and state regulatory limitations.  In addition, as described above, on January 9, 2009, the Corporation issued 
and sold to Treasury 20,000 shares of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock and a Warrant to purchase 167,504 
shares  of  the  Corporation’s  Common  Stock  as  part  of  the  Capital  Purchase  Program.    The  purchase  agreement 
pursuant to which the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant were sold includes a limitation that prohibits, prior 
to the earlier of January 9, 2012 or the date on which Treasury no longer holds any of the Series A Preferred Stock, 
the  payment  of  cash  dividends  in  excess  of  the  Corporation’s  current  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.31  per  share 
without the Treasury’s consent. 

Regulation of the Bank and Other Subsidiaries 

The  Bank  is  subject  to  supervision,  regulation  and  examination  by  the  Virginia  State  Corporation 
Commission Bureau of Financial Institutions (VBFI) and the FDIC.  The various laws and regulations administered 
by the regulatory agencies affect corporate practices, such as the payment of dividends, the incurrence of debt and 
the acquisition of financial institutions and other companies, and affect business practices, such as the payment of 
interest on deposits, the charging of interest on loans, the types of business conducted and the location of offices. 

FDIA and Associated Regulations.  Section 36 of the FDIA and associated regulations require management of 
every  insured  depository  institution  with  total  assets  between  $500  million  and  $1  billion  at  the  beginning  of  a 
fiscal year to obtain an annual audit of its financial statements by an independent public accountant, report to the 
banking  agencies  on  the  institution’s  compliance  with  designated  laws  and  regulations  and  establish  an  audit 
committee comprised of outside directors, at least a majority of whom must be independent of management.  The 
Bank is subject to the annual audit, reporting and audit committee requirements of Section 36 of the FDIA. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Community  Reinvestment  Act.    The  Community  Reinvestment  Act  (CRA)  imposes  on  financial  institutions 
an  affirmative  and  ongoing  obligation  to  meet  the  credit  needs  of  their  local  communities,  including  low  and 
moderate-income  neighborhoods,  consistent  with  the  safe  and  sound  operation  of  those  institutions.    A  financial 
institution’s efforts in meeting community credit needs are assessed based on specified factors.  These factors also 
are  considered  in  evaluating  mergers,  acquisitions  and  applications  to  open  a  branch  or  facility.    Following  the 
Bank’s most recent scheduled compliance examination in July 2006, it received a CRA performance evaluation of 
“satisfactory.” 

Insurance  of  Accounts,  Assessments  and  Regulation  by  the  FDIC.    The  Bank’s  deposits  are  insured  up  to 
applicable  limits  by  the  DIF  of  the  FDIC.    The  DIF  is  the  successor  to  the  Bank  Insurance  Fund  and  the  Savings 
Association Insurance Fund, which were merged in 2006.  The FDIC amended its risk-based assessment system in 
2007  to  implement  authority  granted  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Reform  Act  of  2005  (FDIRA).    Under  the 
revised  system,  insured  institutions  are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, 
regulatory capital levels and certain other factors.  An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to 
which  it  is  assigned.    Unlike  the  other  categories,  Risk  Category  I,  which  contains  the  least  risky  depository 
institutions,  contains  further  risk  differentiation  based  on  the  FDIC’s  analysis  of  financial  ratios,  examination 
component ratings and other information.  Assessment rates are determined by the FDIC and currently range from 
five to seven basis points for the healthiest institutions (Risk Category I) to 43 basis points of assessable deposits for 
the riskiest (Risk Category IV).  The FDIC may adjust rates uniformly from one quarter to the next, except that no 
single adjustment can exceed three basis points. 

FDIRA  also  provided  for  a  one-time  credit  for  eligible  institutions  based  on  their  assessment  base  as  of 
December 31, 1996.  Subject to certain limitations with respect to institutions that are exhibiting weaknesses, credits 
can be used to offset assessments until exhausted.  The Bank’s one-time credit was $297,000, of which $87,000 and 
$210,000 was applied to offset assessments in 2008 and 2007, respectively.  FDIRA also provided for the possibility 
that the FDIC may pay dividends to insured institutions if the DIF reserve ratio equals or exceeds 1.35 percent of 
estimated insured deposits. 

The  EESA  temporarily  raised  the  basic  limit  on  federal  deposit  insurance  coverage  from  $100,000  to 
$250,000 per depositor.  The legislation provides that the basic deposit insurance limit will return to $100,000 after 
December  31,  2009.    The  legislation  did  not  change  coverage  for  retirement  accounts,  which  continues  to  be 
$250,000. 

On  October  13,  2008,  the  FDIC  adopted  the  Temporary  Liquidity  Guarantee  Program  (TLGP)  because  of 
disruptions  in  the  credit  market,  particularly  the  interbank  lending  market,  which  reduced  banks’  liquidity  and 
impaired their ability to lend.  The goal of the TLGP is to decrease the cost of bank funding so that bank lending to 
consumers and businesses will normalize.  The TLGP is industry funded and does not rely on the DIF to  achieve 
its goals.  The final rule implementing the TLGP was approved by the FDIC Board of Directors on November 21, 
2008.  The TLGP consists of two components:  a temporary guarantee of newly-issued senior unsecured debt (the 
Debt  Guarantee  Program)  and  a  temporary  unlimited  guarantee  of  funds  in  noninterest-bearing  transaction 
accounts  at  FDIC-insured  institutions  (the  Transaction  Account  Guarantee  Program).    The  Corporation  is 
participating  in  both  of  these  programs  and  will  be  required  to  pay  assessments  associated  with  the  TLGP  as 
follows: 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Under the Debt Guarantee Program, all newly-issued senior unsecured debt (as defined in the regulation) 
will  be  charged  an  annualized  assessment  of  up  to  100  basis  points  (depending  on  debt  term)  on  the 
amount of debt issued, and calculated through the maturity date of that debt or June 30, 2012, whichever is 
earlier.    The  Corporation  has  thus  far  issued  no  such  senior  unsecured  debt  and  has  incurred  no 
assessments under the Debt Guarantee Program. 

•  Under  the  Transaction  Account  Guarantee  Program,  amounts  exceeding  the  existing  deposit  insurance 
limit  of  $250,000  in  any  noninterest-bearing  transaction  accounts  (as  defined  in  the  regulation)  will  be 
assessed  an  annualized  10  basis  points  collected  quarterly  for  coverage  through December 31, 2009.  The 
Corporation  has  customer  accounts  that  qualify  for  this  coverage  and  has  been  incurring  assessment 
charges since November 13, 2008. 

With higher levels of bank failures, the FDIC’s resolution costs have increased significantly.  On December 
16, 2008, the FDIC adopted a final rule increasing risk-based assessment rates uniformly by 7 basis points, on an 
annual basis, for the first quarter of 2009.  The FDIC also proposed changes to take effect beginning in the second 
quarter  of  2009  that  would  require  riskier  institutions  to  pay  larger  assessments.    The  comment  period  for  these 
proposed changes ended on December 17, 2008.  The FDIC has not yet announced a final rule with respect to these 
proposed changes. 

Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Atlanta.    The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (FHLB)  of 
Atlanta,  which  is  one  of  12  regional  FHLBs  that  provide  funding  to  their  members  for  making  housing  loans  as 
well as for affordable housing and community development loans.  Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, 
for  the  members  within  its  assigned  region.    Each  is  funded  primarily  from  proceeds  derived  from  the  sale  of 
consolidated obligations of the FHLB System.  Each FHLB makes loans to members in accordance with policies and 
procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB.  As a member, the Bank must purchase and maintain 
stock  in  the  FHLB.    In  2004,  the  FHLB  converted  to  its  new  capital  structure,  which  established  the  minimum 
capital stock requirement for member banks as an amount equal to the sum of a membership requirement and an 
activity-based requirement.  At December 31, 2008, the Bank owned $5.3 million of FHLB stock. 

USA  Patriot  Act.    The  USA  Patriot  Act,  which  became  effective  on  October  26,  2001,  amends  the  Bank 
Secrecy Act and is intended to facilitate information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions 
for  the  purpose  of  combating  terrorism  and  money  laundering.    Among  other  provisions,  the  USA  Patriot  Act 
permits  financial  institutions,  upon  providing  notice  to  the  Treasury,  to  share  information  with  one  another  in 
order  to  better  identify  and  report  to  the  federal  government  activities  that  may  involve  money  laundering  or 
terrorists’ activities.  The USA Patriot Act is considered a significant banking law in terms of information disclosure 
regarding  certain  customer  transactions.    Certain  provisions  of  the  USA  Patriot  Act  impose  the  obligation  to 
establish anti-money laundering programs, including the development of a customer identification program, and 
the  screening  of  all  customers  against  any  government  lists  of  known  or  suspected  terrorists.    Although  it  does 
create a reporting obligation and there is a cost of compliance, the USA Patriot Act does not materially affect the 
Bank’s products, services or other business activities. 

Reporting  Terrorist  Activities.    The  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  (FBI)  has  sent,  and  will  send,  banking 
regulatory  agencies  lists  of  the  names  of  persons  suspected  of  involvement  in  terrorist  activities.    The  Bank  has 
been requested, and will be requested, to search its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on 
those  lists.    If  the  Bank  finds  any  relationships  or  transactions,  it  must  file  a  suspicious  activity  report  with  the 
Treasury and contact the FBI. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), which is a division of the Treasury, is responsible for helping 
to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined 
by  various  Executive  Orders  and  Acts  of  Congress.    OFAC  sends  banking  regulatory  agencies  lists  of  names  of 
persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts.  If the Bank finds a name on 
any  transaction,  account  or  wire  transfer  that  is  on  an  OFAC  list,  it  must  freeze  such  account,  file  a  suspicious 
activity  report  with  the  Treasury  and  notify  the  FBI.    The  Bank  has  appointed  an  OFAC  compliance  officer  to 
oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications.  The Bank actively checks high-risk areas 
such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files.  The Bank performs these checks utilizing software that is 
updated  each  time  a  modification  is  made  to  the  lists  of  Specially  Designated  Nationals  and  Blocked  Persons 
provided by OFAC and other agencies. 

Mortgage Banking Regulation.  In addition to certain of the Bank’s regulations, the Corporation’s Mortgage 
Banking  segment  is  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of,  and  examination  by  the  Department  of  Housing  and 
Urban  Development  (HUD),  the  FHA,  the  VA  and  state  regulatory  authorities  with  respect  to  originating, 
processing  and  selling  mortgage  loans.    Those  rules and regulations, among other things, establish standards for 
loan origination, prohibit discrimination, provide for inspections and appraisals of property, require credit reports 
on prospective borrowers and, in some cases, restrict certain loan features and fix maximum interest rates and fees.  
In addition to other federal laws, mortgage origination activities are subject to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, 
Truth-in-Lending  Act,  Home  Mortgage  Disclosure  Act,  Real  Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act,  and  Home 
Ownership  Equity  Protection  Act,  and  the  regulations  promulgated  under  these  acts.    These  laws  prohibit 
discrimination, require the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit and settlement 
costs,  limit  payment  for  settlement  services  to  the  reasonable  value  of  the  services  rendered  and  require  the 
maintenance  and  disclosure  of  information  regarding  the  disposition  of  mortgage  applications  based  on  race, 
gender, geographical distribution and income level. 

Consumer  Financing  Regulation.    The  Corporation’s  Consumer  Finance  segment  also  is  regulated  by  the 
VBFI.  The VBFI regulates and enforces laws relating to consumer lenders and sales finance agencies such as C&F 
Finance.    Such  rules  and  regulations  generally  provide  for  licensing  of  sales  finance  agencies;  limitations  on 
amounts, duration and charges, including interest rates, for various categories of loans; requirements as to the form 
and  content  of  finance  contracts  and  other  documentation;  and  restrictions  on  collection  practices  and  creditors’ 
rights. 

Consumer  Protection.    The  Fair  and  Accurate  Credit  Transactions  Act  of  2003,  which  amended  the  Fair 
Credit Reporting Act, requires financial institutions to implement policies and procedures that track identity theft 
incidents;  provide  identity-theft  victims  with  evidence  of  fraudulent  transactions  upon  request;  block  from 
reporting  to  consumer  reporting  agencies  credit  information  resulting  from  identity  theft;  notify  customers  of 
adverse  information  concerning  the  customer  in  consumer  reporting  agency  reports;  and  notify  customers  when 
reporting negative information concerning the customer to a consumer reporting agency. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Safety and Soundness Regulations 

the 

Prompt  Correction  Action.    The  federal  banking  agencies  have  broad  powers  under  current  federal  law  to 
take  prompt  corrective  action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions.  The extent of these powers 
depends  upon  whether 
is  “well  capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized,” 
“undercapitalized,”  “significantly  undercapitalized”  or  “critically  undercapitalized.”    These  terms  are  defined 
under uniform regulations issued by each of the federal banking agencies regulating these institutions.  An insured 
depository institution which is less than adequately capitalized must adopt an acceptable capital restoration plan, 
is subject to increased regulatory oversight and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities.  
As of December 31, 2008, the Bank was considered “well capitalized.” 

in  question 

institution 

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (Check 21).  Check 21 gives “substitute checks,” such as a digital image 
of  a  check  and  copies  made  from  that  image,  the  same  legal  standing  as  the  original  paper  check.    The  major 
provisions  of  Check  21  include:    allowing  check  truncation  without  making  it  mandatory;  demanding  that  every 
financial  institution  communicate  to  account  holders  in  writing  a  description  of  its  substitute  check  processing 
program  and  their  rights  under  the  law;  legalizing  substitutions  for  and  replacements  of  paper  checks  without 
agreement from consumers; retaining in place the previously-mandated electronic collection and return of checks 
between financial institutions only when individual agreements are in place; requiring that when account holders 
request  verification,  financial  institutions  produce  the  original  check  (or  a  copy  that  accurately  represents  the 
original) and demonstrate that the account debit was accurate and valid; and requiring recrediting of funds to an 
individual’s account on the next business day after a consumer proves that the financial institution has erred.  This 
legislation has not significantly increased our capital spending. 

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (GLBA).  The GLBA implemented major changes to the statutory framework 
for providing banking and other financial services in the United States.  The GLBA, among other things, eliminated 
many  of  the  restrictions  on  affiliations  among  banks  and  securities  firms,  insurance  firms  and  other  financial 
service  providers.    A  bank  holding  company  that  qualifies  and  elects  to  be  a  financial  holding  company  is 
permitted  to  engage  in  activities  that  are  financial  in  nature  or  incident  or  complimentary  to  financial  activities.  
The  activities  that  the  GLBA  expressly  lists  as  financial  in  nature  include  insurance  underwriting,  sales  and 
brokerage  activities,  financial  and  investment  advisory  services,  underwriting  services  and  limited  merchant 
banking activities. 

To  become  eligible  for  these  expanded  activities,  a  bank  holding  company  must  qualify  as  a  financial 
holding company.  To qualify as a financial holding company, each insured depository institution controlled by the 
bank  holding  company  must  be  well-capitalized,  well-managed  and  have  at  least  a  satisfactory  rating  under  the 
CRA.    In  addition,  the  bank  holding  company  must  file  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  a  declaration  of  its 
intention  to  become  a  financial  holding  company.    While  the  Corporation  satisfies  these  requirements,  the 
Corporation has not elected to be treated as a financial holding company under the GLBA. 

The  GLBA  has  not  had  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  Corporation’s  or  the  Bank’s  operations.    To  the 
extent  that  it  allows  banks,  securities  firms  and  insurance  firms  to  affiliate,  the  financial  services  industry  may 
experience further consolidation.  The GLBA may have the result of increasing competition that we face from larger 
institutions and other companies that offer financial products and services and that may have substantially greater 
financial resources than the Corporation or the Bank. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The GLBA and certain regulations issued by federal banking agencies also provide protections against the 
transfer and use by financial institutions of consumer nonpublic personal information.  A financial institution must 
provide  to  its  customers,  at  the  beginning  of  the  customer  relationship  and  annually  thereafter,  the  institution’s 
policies  and  procedures  regarding  the  handling  of  customers’  nonpublic  personal  financial  information.    These 
privacy  provisions  generally  prohibit  a  financial  institution  from  providing  a  customer’s  personal  financial 
information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that the information may be 
so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure.   

Available Information 

The Corporation’s SEC filings are filed electronically and are available to the public over the Internet at the 
SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.  In addition, any document filed by the Corporation with the SEC can be 
read and copied at the SEC’s public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549.  
Copies of documents can be obtained at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 
100  F  Street,  N.E.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.    The  public  may  obtain  information  on  the  operation  of  the  Public 
Reference  Room  by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.    The  Corporation’s  SEC  filings  also  are  available  through 
our web site at http://www.cffc.com under “About C&F/C&F Financial Corporation/SEC Filings” as of the day 
they  are  filed  with  the  SEC.    Copies  of  documents  also  can  be  obtained  free  of  charge  by  writing  to  the 
Corporation’s secretary at P.O. Box 391, West Point, VA 23181 or by calling 804-843-2360. 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

A continuation or further deterioration of the current economic environment could adversely impact our financial 
condition and results of operations. 

A continuation of the recent turbulence in significant portions of the global financial markets, particularly 
if it worsens, could impact the Corporation’s performance, both directly by affecting our revenues and the value of 
our  assets  and  liabilities,  and  indirectly  by  affecting  our  counterparties  and  the  economy  generally.    Dramatic 
declines in the housing market in the past year have resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial 
institutions.  The Corporation has recognized significantly higher loan loss provisions during 2008 as the level of 
nonperforming  real  estate  loans  increased  throughout  the  period.    Concerns  about  the  stability  of  the  financial 
markets generally have reduced the availability of funding to certain financial institutions, leading to a tightening 
of credit, reduction of business activity and increased market volatility.  It is not clear at this time what impact the 
EESA or other liquidity and funding initiatives of the Treasury and other bank regulatory agencies that have been 
announced, or any additional programs that may be initiated in the future, will have on the financial markets and 
the  financial  services  industry.    The  extreme  levels  of  volatility  and  limited  credit  availability  currently  being 
experienced could continue to affect the U.S. banking industry and the broader U.S. and global economies, which 
would have an effect on all financial institutions, including the Corporation. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deterioration in the soundness of our counterparties could adversely affect us. 

Our  ability  to  engage  in  routine  funding  transactions  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  actions  and 
commercial soundness of other financial institutions.  Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of 
trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in 
the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, and other institutional clients.  As a result, 
defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services 
industry generally, could exacerbate the market-wide liquidity crisis and could lead to losses or defaults by us or 
by  other  institutions.    Our  mortgage  company  would  be  negatively  affected  by  the  inability  of  Fannie  Mae  or 
Freddie Mac to purchase loans.  Although we sell loans to various intermediaries, the ability of these aggregators to 
purchase  loans  would  be  limited  if  these  government-sponsored  entities  were  to  cease  to  exist.    Our  finance 
company  would  be  negatively  affected  by  diminishing  demand  for  automobiles,  which  has  already  resulted  in 
contraction  within  the  automobile  industry  and  prompted  government  intervention in an attempt to forestall the 
bankruptcy of three major automobile producers in the United States.  There is no assurance that the failure of our 
counterparties would not materially adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations. 

We  are  subject  to  interest  rate  risk  and  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  may  negatively  affect  our  financial 
performance. 

Our  profitability  depends  in  substantial  part  on  our  net  interest  margin,  which  is  the  difference  between 
the  interest  earned  on  loans,  securities  and  other  interest-earning  assets,  and  interest  paid  on  deposits  and 
borrowings.  Changes in interest rates will affect our net interest margin in diverse ways, including the pricing of 
loans  and  deposits,  the  levels  of  prepayments  and  asset  quality.    We  are  unable  to  predict  actual  fluctuations  of 
market  interest  rates  because  many  factors  influencing  interest  rates  are  beyond  our  control.    We  attempt  to 
minimize our exposure to interest rate risk, but we are unable to eliminate it.  We believe that our current interest 
rate exposure is manageable and does not indicate any significant exposure to interest rate changes.  However, the 
interest rate cuts made by the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) since September 2007 immediately reduced our yield on 
variable-rate  loans  without  a  corresponding  immediate  reduction  in  deposit  costs,  which  resulted  in  a  decline  in 
our net interest margin.  Net interest margin compression may continue in 2009 as we may modify loan terms to 
accommodate existing borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty and the amount of nonperforming loans 
may  increase  as  a  result  of  the  continuing  economic  crises  in  our  markets.    As  fixed-rate  deposits  mature,  we 
expect, but cannot guarantee, them to reprice at lower interest rates, which should reduce funding costs and relieve 
some pressure on the net interest margin.  However, competition for deposits may hinder a decline in rates paid for 
deposits. 

Weakness in the  secondary residential mortgage loan markets will adversely affect our income from our mortgage 
company. 

One  of  the  components  of  our  strategic  plan  is  to  generate  significant  noninterest  income  from  our 
mortgage  company,  which  originates  a  variety  of  residential  loan  products  for  sale  into  the  secondary  market  to 
investors.  Significant ongoing disruptions in the secondary market for residential mortgage loans have limited the 
market for and liquidity of many mortgage loans.  The ongoing correction in residential real estate market prices 
and reduced levels of home sales have resulted in fewer loan originations.  We expect the ongoing effects of lower 
demand for home mortgage loans resulting from reduced demand in both the new and resale housing markets, the 
slowing  national  economy  and  the  fallout  from  the  subprime  and  alternative  loan  issues  to  result  in  lower 
origination  volume  at  C&F  Mortgage.    While  a  decline  in  interest  rates  may  spur  refinance  activity  in  2009,  the 
decline  in  housing  market  values,  coupled  with  the  availability  of  fewer  mortgage  loan  products  and  tighter 
underwriting guidelines, will temper demand. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, credit markets have experienced difficult conditions and volatility during 2008 and there have 
been  significant  increases  in  payment  defaults  by  borrowers  and  mortgage  loan  foreclosures.    These  factors  may 
result in potential repurchase or indemnification liability to our mortgage company on residential mortgage loans 
originated  and  sold  into  the  secondary  market  in  the  event  of  borrower  misrepresentation  or  early-payment 
default.  While we mitigate the risk of repurchase liability by underwriting to the purchasers’ guidelines, we cannot 
be assured that a prolonged period of payment defaults and foreclosures will not result in an increase in requests 
for repurchases or indemnifications, which could adversely affect the Corporation’s net income. 

Our  business  is  subject  to  various  lending  and  other  economic  risks  that  could  adversely  impact  our  results  of 
operations and financial condition. 

Deterioration  in  economic  conditions,  such  as  the  deepening  recession,  could  hurt  our  business.  Our 
business  is  directly  affected  by  general  economic  and  market  conditions;  broad  trends  in  industry  and  finance; 
legislative  and  regulatory  changes;  changes  in  governmental  monetary  and  fiscal  policies;  and  inflation,  all  of 
which  are  beyond  our  control.  A  deterioration  in  economic  conditions,  in  particular  a  prolonged  economic 
slowdown within our geographic region, could result in the following consequences, any of which could hurt our 
business materially: an increase in loan delinquencies; an increase in problem assets and foreclosures; a decline in 
demand for our products and services; and a deterioration in the value of collateral for loans made by our various 
business segments. 

Our  level  of  credit  risk  is  increasing  due  to  the  concentration  of  our  loan  portfolio  in  commercial  loans  and  in 
consumer finance loans. 

At December 31, 2008, 42 percent of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial, financial and agricultural 
loans,  which  include  loans  secured  by  real  estate  for  builder  lines,  acquisition  and  development  and  commercial 
development, as well as commercial loans secured by personal property.  These loans generally carry larger loan 
balances  and  involve  a  greater  degree  of  financial  and  credit  risk  than  home  equity  and  residential  loans.    The 
increased financial and credit risk associated with these types of loans is a result of several factors, including the 
concentration  of  principal  in  a  limited  number  of  loans  and  to  borrowers  in  similar  lines  of  business,  the  size  of 
loan  balances,  the  effects  of  general  economic  conditions  on  income-producing  properties  and  the  increased 
difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. 

At  December  31,  2008,  27  percent  of  our  loan  portfolio  consisted  of  consumer  finance  loans  that  provide 
automobile financing for customers in the non-prime market.  During periods of economic slowdown or recession, 
delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses  generally  increase  in  this  portfolio.    Significant  increases  in  the 
inventory of used automobiles during periods of economic recession may also depress the prices at which we may 
sell  repossessed  automobiles  or  delay  the  timing  of  these  sales.    Because  we  focus  on  non-prime  borrowers,  the 
actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on these loans are higher than those experienced in 
the general automobile finance industry and could be dramatically affected by a general economic downturn.  In 
addition, our servicing costs may increase without a corresponding increase in our finance charge income.  While 
we manage the higher risk inherent in loans made to non-prime borrowers through our underwriting criteria and 
collection methods, we cannot guarantee that these criteria or methods will ultimately provide adequate protection 
against these risks.  

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If our allowance for loan losses becomes inadequate, the results of our operations may be adversely affected.  

Making loans is an essential element of our business.  The risk of nonpayment is affected by a number of 
factors,  including  but  not  limited  to:  the  duration  of  the  credit;  credit  risks  of  a  particular  customer;  changes  in 
economic and industry conditions; and, in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about 
the  future value of the collateral.  Although we seek to mitigate risks inherent in lending by adhering to specific 
underwriting practices, our loans may not be repaid.  We attempt to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan 
losses  to  provide  for  potential  losses  in  our  loan  portfolio.    Our  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  determined  by 
analyzing historical loan losses, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, plans for problem loan resolution, 
the opinions of our regulators, changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio and industry information.  
Also included in our estimates for loan losses are considerations with respect to the impact of economic events, the 
outcome of which are uncertain.  Because any estimate of loan losses is necessarily subjective and the accuracy of 
any  estimate  depends  on  the  outcome  of  future  events,  we  face  the  risk  that  charge-offs  in  future  periods  will 
exceed our allowance for loan losses and that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses will be required. 
Additions to the allowance for loan losses would result in a decrease of our net income.  Although we believe our 
allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses in our loan portfolio, we cannot predict such losses 
or that our allowance will be adequate in the future. 

Competition from other financial institutions and financial intermediaries may adversely affect our profitability.  

We  face  substantial  competition  in  originating  loans  and  in  attracting  deposits.  Our  competition  in 
originating  loans  and  attracting  deposits  comes  principally  from  other  banks,  mortgage  banking  companies, 
consumer finance companies, savings associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other 
institutional  lenders  and  purchasers  of  loans.    Additionally,  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  with  larger 
capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and 
are  thereby  able  to  serve  the  credit  needs  of  larger  clients.  These institutions may be able to offer the same loan 
products and services that we offer at more competitive rates and prices.  Increased competition could require us to 
increase  the  rates  we  pay  on  deposits  or  lower  the  rates  we  offer  on  loans,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
profitability. 

We  rely  heavily  on  our  management  team  and  the  unexpected  loss  of  key  officers  may  adversely  affect  our 
operations. 

We  believe  that  our  growth  and  future  success  will  depend  in  large  part  on  the  skills  of  our  executive 
officers.  We also depend upon the experience of the officers of our subsidiaries and on their relationships with the 
communities they serve.  The loss of the services of one or more of these officers could disrupt our operations and 
impair  our  ability  to  implement  our  business  strategy,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The success of our business strategies depend on our ability to identify and recruit individuals with experience and 
relationships in our primary markets. 

The successful implementation of our business strategy will require us to continue to attract, hire, motivate 
and retain skilled personnel to develop new customer relationships as well as new financial products and services.  
The  market  for  qualified  management  personnel  is  competitive.    In  addition,  the  process  of  identifying  and 
recruiting  individuals  with  the  combination  of  skills  and  attributes  required  to  carry  out  our  strategy  is  often 
lengthy.  Our inability to identify, recruit and retain talented personnel to manage the Bank’s branches effectively 
and in a timely manner would limit our growth, which could materially adversely affect our business. 

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could 
lose the beneficial aspects fostered by our culture, which could harm our business. 

We  believe  that  a  critical  contributor  to  our  success  has  been  our  corporate  culture,  which  focuses  on 
building personal relationships with our customers. As our organization grows, and we are required to implement 
more  complex  organizational  management  structures,  we  may  find  it  increasingly  difficult  to  maintain  the 
beneficial aspects of our corporate culture. This could negatively impact our future success. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

The Corporation has no unresolved comments from the SEC staff. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

The  following  describes  the  location  and  general  character  of  the  principal  offices  and  other  materially 

important physical properties of the Corporation. 

The Corporation owns a building located at Eighth and Main Streets in the business district of West Point, 
Virginia.    The building, originally constructed in 1923, has three floors totaling 15,000 square feet.  This building 
houses the Bank’s Main Office, the main office of C&F Investment Services and office space for certain of the Bank’s 
administrative personnel. 

The Corporation owns a building located at 3600 LaGrange Parkway in Toano, Virginia.  The building was 
acquired in 2004 and has 85,000 square feet.  Approximately 30,000 square feet were renovated in 2005 in order to 
house  the  Bank’s  operations  center,  which  consists  of  the  Bank’s  loan,  deposit  and  administrative  functions  and 
staff. 

The building owned by the Corporation and previously used for the Bank’s deposit operations at Seventh 
&  Main  Streets  in  West  Point  Virginia,  which  is  a  14,000  square  foot  building  remodeled  by  the  Corporation  in 
1991, has been leased to the Economic Development Authority of the Town of West Point, Virginia (Development 
Authority)  for  the  purpose  of  housing  and  operating  incubator  businesses  under  the  supervision  of  the 
Development  Authority.    The  building  owned  by  the  Corporation  and  previously  used  for  the  Bank’s  loan 
operations  at  Sixth  and  Main  Streets  in  West  Point,  Virginia,  which  is  a  5,000  square  foot  building  acquired  and 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
remodeled  by  the  Corporation  in  1998,  has  been  retained  as  back-up  facilities  for  the  new  operations  center.  
Management has not yet determined the long-term utilization of these properties. 

The  Corporation  owns  a  building  located  at  1400  Alverser  Drive  in  Midlothian,  Virginia.    The  building 
provides space for a branch office of the Bank and for a C&F Mortgage branch office, as well as C&F Mortgage’s 
main administrative offices.  This two-story building has 25,000 square feet and was constructed in 2001.  Also at 
the Midlothian location, the Corporation owns an office condominium that houses a regional commercial lending 
office. 

The  Corporation  owns  15  other  Bank  branch  locations  and  leases  one  Bank  branch  location  and  one 
regional commercial lending office in Virginia.  Rental expense for these leased locations totaled $102,000 for the 
year ended December 31, 2008. 

In connection with the opening of the Bank’s Newport News branch in 2007, C&F Mortgage relocated from 
a leased facility to the second floor of the Bank branch building.  The Corporation has 18 leased loan production 
offices,  11  in  Virginia,  three  in  Maryland,  two  in  North  Carolina  and  one  each  in  Delaware  and  New  Jersey,  for 
C&F  Mortgage.    Rental  expense  for  these  leased  locations  totaled  $1.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008. 

The  Corporation  owns  a  building  located  at  4660  South  Laburnum  Avenue  in  Richmond,  Virginia.    The 
building was acquired in June 2005 and has approximately 8,800 square feet.  The building houses C&F Finance’s 
headquarters  and  provides  space  for  its  loan  and  administrative  functions  and  staff.    In  connection  with  the 
opening of the Bank’s Hampton branch in 2006, the Hampton office of C&F Finance was relocated from a leased 
facility  to  the  second  floor  of  the  Bank  branch  building.    The  Corporation  has  three  leased  offices,  one  each  in 
Virginia, Maryland and Tennessee, for C&F Finance.  Rental expense for these leased locations totaled $61,000 for 
the year ended December 31, 2008. 

All of the Corporation’s properties are in good operating condition and are adequate for the Corporation’s 

present and anticipated future needs. 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

There  are  no  material  pending  legal  proceedings  to  which  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  is  a 

party or to which the property of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is subject. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 4. 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

No matters were submitted during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report to a vote of  

security holders of the Corporation through a solicitation of proxies or otherwise. 

  Name (Age) 
  Present Position 

Larry G. Dillon (56) 
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

Business Experience 
During Past Five Years 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and 
the Bank since 1989 

Thomas F. Cherry (40) 
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer 
and Secretary 

Secretary of the Corporation and the Bank since 2002; Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and the Bank since 
December 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
of the Corporation and the Bank from December 1998 to November 2004 

Bryan E. McKernon (52)  

President and Chief Executive Officer of C&F Mortgage since 1995 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

The Corporation’s common stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and is listed for trading on the 
NASDAQ Global Select Market of the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “CFFI.” As of February 25, 2009, 
there were approximately 2,000 shareholders of record.  As of that date, the closing price of our common stock on 
the NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market was $13.19.  Following are the high and low sales prices as reported by 
the NASDAQ Stock Market, along with the dividends that were paid quarterly in 2008 and 2007.  

Quarter 
First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

_________2008_________ 

High 
$32.25 
  30.00 
  25.00 
  24.25 

Low  Dividends 
$25.00 
  22.00 
  18.00 
    9.65 

 $0.31 
   0.31 
   0.31 
   0.31 

__________2007__________ 
Low 
High 
$39.60 
$46.00 
  36.10 
  45.00 
  38.05 
  43.50 
  30.25 
  42.98 

Dividends 
 $0.31 
   0.31 
   0.31 
   0.31 

Payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Corporation’s board of directors and is subject to various 
federal  and  state  regulatory  limitations.    For  further  information  regarding  payment  of  dividends,  including 
restrictions  stemming  from  the  Corporation’s  participation  in  the  Capital  Purchase  Program,  refer  to  Item  1, 
“Business,” under the heading “Limits on Dividends” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” 
under the headings “Note 13:  Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions” and “Note 19:  Subsequent Event.” 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There were no purchases of the Corporation’s common stock during the fourth quarter of 2008 as part of 
the board-approved authorization on July 24, 2008.  There are 99,000 shares that may yet be purchased under the 
program  in  effect  at  December  31,  2008,  which  will  expire  in  July  2009.    However,  in  connection  with  the 
Corporation’s  sale  to  the  Treasury  of  its  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  under  the  Capital  Purchase  Program,  as 
previously described, there are certain limitations on the Corporation’s ability to purchase its common stock prior 
to the earlier of January 9, 2012 or the date on which Treasury no longer holds any of the Series A Preferred Stock.  
Prior to such time, the Corporation generally may not purchase any of its common stock without the consent of the 
Treasury. 

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Five Year Financial Summary 

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
Selected Year-End Balances: 
Total assets 
Total shareholders’ equity 
Total loans (net) 
Total deposits 
Summary of Operations: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan 

losses 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expenses 
Income before taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Per share: 
  Earnings per common share—basic 
  Earnings per common share—assuming 

  dilution 
  Dividends 
Weighted average number of shares— 
  assuming dilution 
Significant Ratios: 
Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
Dividend payout ratio 
Average equity to average assets 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

$855,657    
64,857    
633,017    
550,725    

$  64,130    
21,395    
42,735    
13,766    

28,969    
25,149    
49,320    
4,798    
617    
$   4,181    

$785,596    
65,224    
585,881    
527,571    

$  64,825    
23,378    
41,447    
7,130    

34,317    
25,878    
48,371    
11,824    
3,344    
$   8,480    

 $734,468    
68,006    
517,843    
532,835    

$  58,582    
18,457    
 40,125    
4,625    

35,500    
27,387    
45,328    
17,559    
5,430    
$  12,129    

$671,957     
60,086     
465,039     
495,438     

$  48,770     
11,997     
36,773     
5,520     

31,253     
27,584     
41,868     
16,969     
5,181     
$  11,788     

$609,122     
69,899     
394,471     
447,134     

$  40,843     
7,549     
33,294     
4,026     

29,268     
24,689     
37,753     
16,204     
5,006     
$  11,198     

$1.40    

$2.79    

$3.85    

$3.49     

$3.14     

1.38    
1.24    

2.68    
1.24    

3.71    
 1.16    

3.36     
1.00     

3.00     
.90     

3,020,959    

3,161,023    

3,273,429    

3,507,912     

3,729,128     

0.51%
6.39    
89.79    
7.98    

1.13%
13.03    
44.45    
8.69    

1.75%  
 18.97     
30.15     
9.21     

1.82% 
17.70    
28.33    
10.30    

1.91% 
16.78    
28.59    
11.38    

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS 

OF OPERATION 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forwarding-Looking Statements 

This  report  contains  statements  concerning  the  Corporation’s  expectations,  plans,  objectives,  future 
financial performance and other statements that are not historical facts.  These statements may constitute “forward-
looking  statements”  as  defined  by  federal  securities  laws.    These  statements  may  address  issues  that  involve 
estimates  and  assumptions  made  by  management  and  risks  and  uncertainties.    Actual  results  could  differ 
materially  from  historical  results  or  those  anticipated  by  such  statements.    Factors  that  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Corporation include, but are not limited to, changes in:  

interest rates 

• 
•  general business conditions, as well as conditions within the financial markets 
•  general economic conditions, including unemployment levels 
• 
•  monetary  and  fiscal  policies  of  the  U.S.  Government,  including  policies  of  the  Treasury  and  the  Federal 

the legislative/regulatory climate 

Reserve Board 
the quality or composition of the loan portfolios and the value of the collateral securing those loans 
the value of securities held in the Corporation’s investment portfolios 
the level of net charge-offs on loans 

the strength of the Corporation’s counterparties 
competition from both banks and non-banks 

• 
• 
• 
•  demand for loan products 
•  deposit flows 
• 
• 
•  demand for financial services in the Corporation’s market area 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

technology 
reliance on third parties for key services 
the commercial and residential real estate markets 
the Corporation’s expansion and technology initiatives 
accounting principles, policies and guidelines 

In  addition,  a  continuation  of  the  turbulence  in  significant  portions  of  the  global  financial  markets, 
particularly if it worsens, could impact the Corporation’s performance, both directly by affecting the Corporation’s 
revenues and the value of its assets and liabilities, and indirectly by affecting the Corporation’s counterparties and 
the  economy  generally.    Concerns  about  the  stability  of  the  financial  markets  generally  have  reduced  the 
availability  of  funding  to  certain  financial  institutions,  leading  to  a  tightening  of  credit,  reduction  of  business 
activity  and  increased  market  volatility.    The  EESA  provides  the  Treasury  with  broad  authority  to  implement 
certain actions aimed at restoring stability and liquidity to U.S. markets.  The EESA includes, among other things, 
the Capital Purchase Program, the Troubled Assets Relief Program and the FDIC TLGP.  It is not clear at this time 
what impact these programs, or any additional programs that may be initiated in the future by the Treasury and 
other  bank  regulatory  agencies,  will  have  on  the  financial  markets  and  the  financial  services  industry  or  the 
Corporation’s business and financial performance. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Although  the  Corporation  currently  has  diverse  sources  of  liquidity  and  its  capital  ratios  exceed  the 
minimum levels required for well-capitalized status, the Corporation applied for a $20.0 million investment by the 
Treasury under its Capital Purchase Program and was approved on December 8, 2008.  The transaction closed on 
January  9,  2009.    The  Corporation  also  elected  to  participate  in  the  FDIC  Debt  Guarantee  Program;  however,  the 
Corporation currently has no unsecured borrowings to which this program applies.  C&F Bank is participating in 
the  FDIC  Transaction  Account  Guarantee  Program,  under  which  all  noninterest-bearing  transaction  accounts  (as 
defined  within  the  program)  are  fully  guaranteed  by  the  FDIC  for  the  entire  amount  in  the  account  through 
December 31, 2009. 

Our  ability  to  engage  in  routine  funding  transactions  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  actions  and 
commercial soundness of other financial institutions.  Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of 
trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in 
the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, and other institutional clients.  As a result, 
defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services 
industry generally, could exacerbate the market-wide liquidity crisis and could lead to losses or defaults by us or 
by  other  institutions.    There  is  no  assurance  that  any  such  losses  would  not  materially  adversely  affect  the 
Corporation’s results of operations. 

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained 
herein.  We caution readers not to place undue reliance on those statements, which speak only as of the date of this 
report. 

The following discussion supplements and provides information about the major components of the results 
of operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital resources of the Corporation.  This discussion and analysis 
should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions.  Those accounting 
policies with the greatest uncertainty and that require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments affecting 
the  application  of  these  policies,  and  the  likelihood  that  materially  different  amounts  would  be  reported  under 
different conditions, or using different assumptions, are described below. 

Allowance for Loan Losses:  We establish the allowance for loan losses through charges to earnings in the 
form  of  a  provision  for  loan  losses.    Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  we  believe  that  the 
collection of the principal is unlikely.  Subsequent recoveries of losses previously charged against the allowance are 
credited to the allowance.  The allowance represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be appropriate to absorb 
any  losses  on  existing  loans  that  may  become  uncollectible.    Our  judgment  in  determining  the  level  of  the 
allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans while taking into consideration such factors as trends 
in  delinquencies  and  charge-offs,  changes  in  the  nature  and  volume  of  the  loan  portfolio,  current  economic 
conditions  that  may  affect  a  borrower’s  ability  to  repay  and  the  value  of  collateral,  overall  portfolio  quality  and 
specific potential losses.  This evaluation is inherently subjective because it requires estimates that are susceptible to 
significant revision as more information becomes available. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment  of  Loans:    We  measure  impaired  loans  based  on  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash 
flows  discounted  at  the  effective  interest  rate  of  the  loan  (or,  as  a  practical  expedient,  at  the  loan’s  observable 
market  price)  or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.    We  consider  a  loan  impaired 
when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled 
in the loan agreement.  We do not consider a loan impaired during a period of delay in payment if we expect the 
ultimate  collection  of  all  amounts  due.    We  maintain  a  valuation  allowance  to  the  extent  that  the  measure  of  the 
impaired loan is less than the recorded investment. 

Impairment  of  Securities:    Impairment  of  investment  securities  results  in  a  write-down  that  must  be 
included  in  net  income  when  a  market  decline  below  cost  is  other-than-temporary.    We  regularly  review  each 
investment security for impairment based on criteria that include the extent to which cost exceeds market price, the 
duration  of  that  market  decline,  the  financial  health  of  and  specific  prospects  for  the  issuer  and  our  ability  and 
intention with regard to holding the security to maturity. 

Other Real Estate Owned:  Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are 
initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis.  Subsequent 
to foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations of the foreclosed assets based on updated appraisals, 
general market conditions, length of time the properties have been held, and our ability and intention with regard 
to continued ownership of the properties.  The Corporation may incur additional write-downs of foreclosed assets 
to  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  if  valuations  indicate  a  further  other-than-temporary  deterioration  in  market 
conditions. 

Goodwill:  Goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life, but is subject to at 
least an annual assessment for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value 
of the reporting unit.  In assessing the recoverability of the Corporation’s goodwill, all of which was recognized in 
connection with the Bank’s acquisition of C&F Finance in September 2002, we must make assumptions in order to 
determine  the  fair  value  of  the  respective  assets.    Major  assumptions  used  in  determining  impairment  were 
increases  in  future  income,  sales  multiples  in  determining terminal value and the discount rate applied to future 
cash  flows.    As  part  of  the  impairment  test,  we  performed  sensitivity  analysis  by  increasing  the  discount  rate, 
lowering sales multiples and reducing increases in future income.  We completed the annual test for impairment 
during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008  and  determined  there  was  no  impairment  to  be  recognized  in  2008.    If  the 
underlying  estimates  and  related  assumptions  change  in  the  future,  we  may  be  required  to  record  impairment 
charges. 

Retirement  Plan:    The  Bank  maintains  a  non-contributory,  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  eligible  full-
time employees as specified by the plan.  Plan assets, which consist primarily of marketable equity securities and 
corporate  and  government  fixed  income  securities,  are  valued  using  market  quotations.    The  Bank’s  actuary 
determines  plan  obligations  and  annual  pension  expense  using  a  number  of  key  assumptions.    Key  assumptions 
may include the discount rate, the estimated future return on plan assets and the anticipated rate of future salary 
increases.  Changes in these assumptions in the future, if any, or in the method under which benefits are calculated 
may impact pension assets, liabilities or expense. 

Accounting for Income Taxes:  Determining the Corporation’s effective tax rate requires judgment.  In the 
ordinary  course  of  business,  there  are  transactions  and  calculations  for  which  the  ultimate  tax  outcomes  are 
uncertain.  In addition, the Corporation’s tax returns are subject to audit by various tax authorities.  Although we 
believe that the estimates are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome will not be materially 
different than that which is reflected in the income tax provision and accrual. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For  further  information  concerning  accounting  policies,  refer  to  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 

Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” 

OVERVIEW 

Our primary financial goals are to maximize the Corporation’s earnings and to deploy capital in profitable 
growth  initiatives  that  will  enhance  long-term  shareholder  value.    We  track  three  primary  financial  performance 
measures in order to assess the level of success in achieving these goals: 

1)  return on average assets (ROA)  
2)  return on average equity (ROE) 
3)  growth in earnings 

In addition to these financial performance measures, we track the performance of the Corporation’s three 

principal business activities: 

1)  retail banking 
2)  mortgage banking  
3)  consumer finance 

We also actively manage our capital through: 

1)  growth 
2)  stock purchases  
3)  dividends 

Financial Performance Measures 

Net income for the Corporation decreased to $4.2 million in fiscal 2008 compared with net income of $8.5 
million  in  fiscal  2007.    Earnings  per  share  assuming  dilution  decreased  to  $1.38  in  2008  compared  with  $2.68  in 
2007.    Net  income  for  2008  included  $976,000  of  other-than-temporary  impairment  charges  related  to  the 
Corporation’s  investments  in  perpetual  preferred  stock  of  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac.    Excluding  these 
impairment charges, the Corporation’s earnings were $5.2 million, or $1.71 per share assuming dilution, for fiscal 
2008.    The  impairment  in  the  Corporation’s  holdings  of  these  government-sponsored  entities  resulted  from  the 
decline  in  market  value  of these shares in connection with the federal government’s takeover of Fannie Mae and 
Freddie Mac in September 2008, along with the elimination of dividends on these shares.  Other significant factors 
influencing 2008 earnings included (1) a declining net interest margin resulting from interest rate cuts by the FRB 
and the strong competition for deposits resulting from the reduction in liquidity throughout the financial markets 
and (2) significantly higher provisions for loan losses and loan indemnifications principally related to loans secured 
by  real  estate  and  consumer  finance  loans  secured  by  automobiles  as  a  result  of  the  overall  deterioration  of  the 
housing and economic environment in the United States and our market areas.  The extent to which these and other 
factors impacted each of our business segments varied and is discussed in “Principal Business Activities” below. 

The  Corporation's  ROE  and  ROA  were  6.39  percent  and  0.51  percent,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2008  (7.89  percent  and  0.63  percent,  adjusted  to  exclude  the  net  effect  of  the  other-than-temporary 
impairment  charges),  compared  to  13.03  percent  and  1.13  percent,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2007.  The decline in these measures resulted from lower earnings in 2008 coupled with asset growth.  Our strategic 
goals  continue  to  focus  on  profitable  growth  that  enhances  long-term  shareholder  value.    We  feel  our  ability  to 
reach this goal has been enhanced by the Corporation’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program.  This capital 
will  provide  flexibility  to  fund  loan  demand  from  qualifying  commercial  and  consumer  borrowers  in  the 
communities we serve and to work with existing borrowers who may be experiencing difficulty servicing their debt 
during these challenging economic times.  Nonetheless, the additional capital and asset growth, coupled with the 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
effect of lower net interest margins and higher provisions for loan losses on earnings, may delay improvement in 
ROE and ROA in the near term. 

We expect the following factors to influence the Corporation’s financial performance in 2009: 

•  Retail Banking:  Changes in interest rates may continue to affect net interest margin at C&F 
Bank.    Interest  rate  cuts  made  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  since  September  2007 
immediately  reduced  the  Bank’s  net  interest  margin  because  yields  on  adjustable-rate  loans 
declined faster than the cost of deposits, which are the largest source of the Bank’s funds.  Net 
interest  margin  compression  may  continue  in  2009  as  we  modify  loan  terms  for  existing 
borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty and if competition for deposits hinders a 
decline  in  rates  paid  for  deposits.    General  economic  trends,  particularly  the  economic 
recession that we are experiencing, in C&F Bank’s markets can affect the quality of the loan 
portfolio  and,  therefore,  our  provision  for  loan  losses,  as  well  as  the  amount  of  our 
nonperforming  assets.    Managing  the  risks  inherent  in  our  loan  portfolio  and  expenses 
associated with nonperforming assets will influence C&F Bank’s performance during 2009.  In 
addition,  the  significant  increase  in  FDIC  insurance  premiums  will  affect  the  Bank’s 
noninterest expenses during 2009. 

•  Mortgage Banking:  We expect the ongoing effects of lower demand for home mortgage loans 
resulting  from  reduced  demand  in  both  the  new  and  resale  housing  markets,  the  slowing 
national  economy  and  the  fallout  from  the  subprime  and  alternative  loan  issues  to  result  in 
lower  origination  volume  at  C&F  Mortgage.    While  a  decline  in  interest  rates  may  spur 
refinance activity in 2009, the decline in housing market values, coupled with the availability 
of  fewer  mortgage  loan  products  and  tighter  underwriting  guidelines,  will  temper  demand.  
In  addition,  there  is  potential  repurchase  or  indemnification  liability  to  our  mortgage 
company on residential mortgage loans originated and sold into the secondary market in the 
event of borrower misrepresentation or early-payment default.  While we mitigate the risk of 
repurchase liability by underwriting to the purchasers’ guidelines and do not believe that our 
exposure  to  this  liability  is  significant  at  this  time,  we  cannot  be  assured  that  a  prolonged 
period  of  payment  defaults  and  foreclosures  will  not  result  in  an  increase  in  requests  for 
repurchases or indemnifications, which would adversely affect the Corporation’s net income. 

•  Consumer  Finance:    We  expect  the  ongoing  effects  of  the  economic  recession  will  result  in 
more  delinquencies  and  repossessions  at  C&F  Finance.    Declining  real  estate  values, 
increasing unemployment levels, general availability of consumer credit or other factors that 
impact consumer confidence or disposable income could increase loss frequency and may be 
accompanied  by  decreased  consumer  demand  for  automobiles  and  declining  values  of 
automobiles securing outstanding loans, which weakens collateral coverage and increases the 
amount of loss in the event of default. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Business Activities 

An overview of the financial results for each of the Corporation’s principal segments is presented below.  A 

more detailed discussion is included in the section “Results of Operations.” 

Retail  Banking:    Pretax  earnings  for  the  Retail  Banking  segment  were  $931,000  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2008, compared with $5.1 million in 2007.  The decline in earnings for 2008 included (1) the effects of 
margin  compression  and  competition  for  loans  and  deposits  on  net  interest  income,  (2)  a  2008  year-over-year 
increase in the provision for loan losses to $2.3 million from $280,000 in 2007 attributable to credit issues resulting 
from  three  commercial  relationships  that  have  been  placed  on  nonaccrual  status,  the  general  slow  down  in  the 
economy and loan growth, (3) higher assessments for deposit insurance resulting from the FDIC’s implementation 
of  its  amended  assessment  system,  (4)  higher  expenses  associated  with  the  enhancement  of  the  Bank’s  internet 
banking  services,  and  (5)  higher  loan  and  foreclosed  properties  expenses  associated  with  nonperforming  assets.  
The effects of these factors were offset in part by an increase in earning assets.. 

The combination of declining short-term interest rates and increased competition for deposits resulted in a 
pricing disparity between loans and deposits.  Interest rate cuts made by the Federal Reserve Bank throughout 2008 
immediately reduced the Bank’s yields on variable-rate loans without a corresponding reduction in deposit costs.  
However, the Corporation has access to diverse sources of liquidity, which provides flexibility in managing funds 
and responding to deposit demand and rate fluctuations.  The increase in the Bank’s provision for loan losses was 
attributable  in  part  to  our  evaluation  of  the  Bank’s  overall  loan  portfolio  in  light  of  deteriorating  economic 
conditions,  as  well  as  three  commercial  relationships,  which  are  secured  by  residential  real  estate.    One  of  these 
relationships  has  thus  far  resulted  in  $2.1  million  in  foreclosed  properties,  which  were  written  down  to  net 
realizable  value  at  the  time  they  were  transferred  to  other  real  estate  owned.    Additional  properties  securing 
nonaccrual loans totaling $766,000 associated with this relationship are expected to be conveyed to the Bank in the 
first  quarter  of  2009.    The  Bank  will  incur  ongoing  maintenance  expenses  associated  with  holding  foreclosed 
properties,  and  additional  write-downs  in  the  remaining  properties  may  be  necessary  if  market  conditions 
deteriorate further. 

Mortgage  Banking:    Pretax  earnings  for  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  which  consists  solely  of  C&F 
Mortgage,  were  $2.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  compared  with  $2.8  million  in  2007.    The 
decline  in  earnings  for  2008  included  the  effects  of  (1)  the  downturn  in  the  housing  market  on  loan  origination 
volume, which declined 6.3 percent in 2008, (2) a 2008 provision for loan losses of $796,000 in connection with loan 
repurchases,  compared to $120,000 in 2007, (3) a 2008 write down of $167,000 in the carrying value of foreclosed 
properties to fair value less selling costs, compared to no such expense in 2007, (4) a 2008 provision for estimated 
indemnification  losses  of  $1.1  million,  compared  to  $97,000  in  2007,  and  (5)  higher  legal  expenses  of  $170,000, 
compared to $42,000 in 2007, largely attributable to troubled loans.  The negative effects of these items were offset 
in part by higher gains on sales of loans in 2008 resulting from higher profit margins on loans originated and sold.  
While  we  mitigate  the  risk  of  repurchase  liability  by  underwriting  to  the  purchasers  guidelines,  we  cannot 
eliminate the possibility that a prolonged period of payment defaults and foreclosures may result in an increase in 
requests for loan repurchases or indemnifications and the need for additional provisions in the future. 

While the mortgage banking industry has experienced significant operational problems and losses over the 
past year, our Mortgage Banking segment has continued to contribute to the Corporation’s earnings.  For 2008, loan 
originations at C&F Mortgage for refinancings declined to $202 million from $215 million in 2007.  Loans originated 
for new and resale home purchases declined to $547 million in 2008 from $613 million in 2007.  Despite the overall 
decline in 2008 origination volume, gains on sales of loans during 2008 were higher than 2007 due to higher profit 
margins  on  the  types  of  products  available  to  borrowers  in  the  current  economic  environment.    The  decline  in 
housing  market  values,  coupled  with  the  availability  of  fewer  mortgage  loan  products  and  tighter  underwriting 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
guidelines,  is  expected  to  temper  demand  for  the  foreseeable  future.    However,  as  a  result  of  the  consolidation 
within  the  mortgage  banking  industry,  C&F  Mortgage  has  been  able  to  attract  new  mortgage  origination  talent 
from  struggling  competitors  and  we  believe  that  these  additions  provide  the  potential  for  increased  loan 
production. 

Consumer  Finance:    Pretax  earnings  for  the  Consumer  Finance  segment,  which  consists  solely  of  C&F 
Finance, totaled $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared with pre-tax earnings of $4.4 million 
in  2007.    Earnings  of  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  have  benefited  from  an  approximate  15  percent  increase  in 
average consumer finance loans outstanding and the decline in short-term interest rates in 2008.   Its fixed-rate loan 
portfolio is partially funded by a variable-rate line of credit indexed to LIBOR.  Therefore, its cost of funds declined 
and its net interest margin increased during 2008.  However, C&F Finance has experienced higher loan charge-offs 
in  2008  compared  to  2007,  which  in  combination  with  loan  growth,  has  resulted  in  a  $10.7  million  provision  for 
loan losses in 2008, compared to $6.7 million in 2007.  Controlling charge-offs within C&F Finance’s loan portfolio 
will  be  the  significant  factor  in  realizing  improved  earnings  in  the  future.    If  the  current  economic  recession 
intensifies in C&F Finance’s markets, we would expect more delinquencies and repossessions.  Depending on the 
severity of any further downturn in the economy, decreased consumer demand for automobiles and decline in the 
value  of  automobiles  securing  outstanding  loans  could  result,  which  would  weaken  collateral  coverage  and 
increase the amount of losses in the event of default. 

Other:  The pretax loss of this segment was $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 
a pretax loss of $564,000 in 2007.  The loss in 2008 included the $1.6 million other-than-temporary impairment on 
the  Corporation’s  investments  in  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac  perpetual  preferred  stock.    It  also  included  an 
increase  in  interest  expense  associated  with  the  Corporation’s  issuance  of  additional  trust  preferred  capital  in 
December 2007. 

Capital Management 

We  have  managed  our  capital  through  asset  growth,  stock  purchases  and  increases  in  dividends.    Total 
shareholders’  equity  decreased  $367,000  to  $64.9  million  at  December  31,  2008,  compared  to  $65.2  million  at 
December 31, 2007.  While the Corporation’s earnings declined in 2008, we maintained the quarterly dividend level 
at  31  cents  per  share  throughout  2008,  resulting  in  a  dividend  payout  ratio  of  89.8  percent  for  2008  compared  to 
44.5  percent  for  2007.    The  board  of  directors  continues  to  evaluate  our  dividend  payout  in  light  of  changes  in 
economic  conditions,  our  capital  levels  and  our  future  levels  of  earnings.    Stock  purchases  were  not  significant 
during 2008 and there are 99,000 shares that may be purchased under the board-approved authorization in effect at 
December  31,  2008.    However,  in  connection  with  the  Corporation’s  participation  in  the  Treasury’s  Capital 
Purchase Program, as previously described, there are limitations on the Corporation’s ability to pay cash dividends 
or to repurchase its common stock prior to the earlier of January 9, 2012 or the date on which Treasury no longer 
holds any of the Series A Preferred Stock.  For more information regarding restrictions imposed on the Corporation 
due  to  its  participation  in  the  Capital  Purchase  Program,  see  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary 
Data,” under the heading “Note 19:  Subsequent Event.” 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

NET INTEREST INCOME  

The following table shows the average balance sheets for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 
and 2006.  The table also shows the amounts of interest earned on earning assets, with related yields, and interest 
expense  on  interest-bearing  liabilities,  with  related  rates.    Loans  include  loans  held  for  sale.    Loans  placed  on  a 
nonaccrual status are included in the balances and are included in the computation of yields, but had no material 
effect.    Interest  on  tax-exempt  loans and securities is presented on a taxable-equivalent basis (which converts the 
income on loans and investments for which no income taxes are paid to the equivalent yield if income taxes were 
paid using the federal corporate income tax rate of 35 percent in all three years presented). 

TABLE 1: Average Balances, Income and Expense, Yields and Rates 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Assets 
Securities: 

Taxable 

Tax-exempt 

Total securities 

Loans, net 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 

Fed funds sold 

Total earning assets 

Allowance for loan losses 

Total non-earning assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 
Time and savings deposits: 

Interest-bearing deposits 

  Money market deposit accounts 

Savings accounts 

  Certificates of deposit, 

     $100 thousand or more 

  Other certificates of deposit 

Total time and savings deposits 

Borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Demand deposits 

Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and 

     shareholders’ equity 

Net interest income 

Interest rate spread 

Interest expense to average earning assets 

Net interest margin 

                      2008                      

                      2007                                                  2006                           

Average

Income/

Balance 

Expense

Yield/

Rate   

Average

Income/

Yield/

Average

Income/

Balance 

Expense

Rate   

Balance 

Expense

Yield/

Rate   

$  16,662 

$    867 

77,164 

93,826 

5,094 

5,961 

664,715 

59,918 

17 

12 

65,908 

713 

573 

759,827 

(17,182)

77,354  

$819,999  

6.35   

9.01   

2.37   

2.01   

8.67   

5.20% $  11,659 
63,280 
6.60   

74,939 

$    544 

4.66% $  11,349 

$    487 

4,349 

4,893 

6.87   

6.53   

55,932 

67,281 

3,802 

4,289 

601,685 

60,977 

10.13   

555,517 

55,196 

8,238 

241 

685,103 

(14,926)

78,217 

$748,394 

432 

11 

66,313 

5.25   

4.67   

9.68   

9,271 

-- 

632,069 

(13,617)

75,863 

$694,315 

$  82,560 

68,406 

42,445 

834 

1,699 

1.01% $  82,109 
51,624 
2.48   

105 

0.25   

45,452 

99,726 

167,849 

460,986 

193,466 

654,452 

83,533 

16,612 

754,597 

65,402 

4,088 

6,614 

13,340 

8,055 

21,395 

4.10   

3.94   

2.89   

4.16   

3.27   

99,653 

169,431 

448,269 

136,939 

585,208 

84,365 

13,751 

683,324 

65,070 

 912 

1,534 

301 

4,714 

7,469 

14,930 

8,448 

23,378 

1.11% $  87,074 

2.97   

0.66   

4.73   

4.41   

3.33   

6.17   

3.99   

44,820 

49,644 

79,873 

152,879 

414,290 

120,498 

534,788 

79,472 

16,106 

630,366 

63,949 

$819,999 

$748,394 

$694,315 

$44,513 

$42,935 

$41,482 

5.69%

3.41%

6.27%

5.40%

2.82%

5.86%

27 

454 

-- 

59,939 

 946 

987 

353 

3,176 

5,690 

11,152 

7,305 

18,457 

4.29%

6.80   

6.37   

9.94   

4.90   

--    

9.48   

1.09%

2.20   

0.71   

3.98   

3.72   

2.69   

6.06   

3.45   

6.03%

2.92%

6.56%

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest  income  and  expense  are  affected  by  fluctuations  in  interest  rates,  by  changes  in  the  volume  of  earning 
assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and by the interaction of rate and volume factors.  The following table shows 
the direct causes of the year-to-year changes in the components of net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis.  
We calculated the rate and volume variances using a formula prescribed by the SEC.  Rate/volume variances, the 
third  element  in  the  calculation,  are  not  shown  separately  in  the  table,  but  are  allocated  to  the  rate  and  volume 
variances  in  proportion  to  the  relationship  of  the  absolute  dollar  amounts  of  the  change  in  each.    Loans  include 
both nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale. 

TABLE 2: Rate-Volume Recap 

                       2008 from 2007                                              2007 from 2006                     
          Increase (Decrease) 

          Increase (Decrease) 

   Total 

  Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Interest income: 
Loans 

Securities: 

  Taxable 

  Tax-exempt 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 

Fed funds sold 

     Total interest income 

Interest expense: 
Time and savings deposits: 

Interest-bearing deposits 

  Money market deposit accounts 

Savings accounts 

  Certificates of deposit, $100M or more 

  Other certificates of deposit 

     Total time and savings deposits 

Other borrowings 

     Total interest expense 

Change in net interest income 

2008 Compared to 2007 

                  Due to            

  Increase 

                   Due to             

     Increase  

Rate 

Volume 

(Decrease) 

Rate 

Volume 

(Decrease)

$(7,103)

$6,044 

$(1,059)

$1,119 

$4,662 

$5,781 

69 

(177)

(156)

-- 

(7,367)

(83)

(280)

(177)

(629)

(785)

(1,954)

(3,247)

(5,201)

$(2,166)

254 

922 

(259)

1 

6,962 

5 

445 

(19)

3 

(70)

364 

2,854 

3,218 

$3,744 

323 

745 

(415)

1 

(405)

(78)

165 

(196)

(626)

(855)

(1,590)

(393)

(1,983)

$1,578 

43 

42 

39 

-- 

14 

505 

(61)

11 

57 

547 

(22)

11 

1,243 

5,131 

6,374 

22 

381 

(23)

667 

1,121 

2,168 

131 

2,299 

(56)

165 

(29)

871 

658 

1,609 

1,013 

2,622 

(34)

546 

(52)

1,538 

1,779 

3,777 

1,144 

4,921 

$(1,056)

$2,509 

$1,453 

Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $44.5 million, 
compared to $42.9 million for 2007.  The higher net interest income resulted primarily from a 10.9 percent increase 
in the average balance of interest-earning assets during 2008.  The benefit of this growth was partially offset by a 
decrease in net interest margin to 5.86 percent for 2008 from 6.27 percent for 2007.  The decrease in the net interest 
margin was a result of a decline in the yield on interest-earning assets that exceeded the decline in the interest rates 
paid  on  interest-bearing  liabilities.    The  combination  of  rapidly  declining  short-term  interest  rates  and  increased 
competition  for  deposits  in  2008  resulted  in  a  pricing  disparity  between  loans  and  deposits,  which  lowered  net 
interest margin. 

Average  loans  held  for  investment  increased  $67.6  million  during  2008.    The  Retail  Banking  segment’s 
average  loan  portfolio  increased  $44.0  million  during  2008  primarily as a result of residential mortgage loan and 
commercial loan growth.  The Consumer Finance segment’s average loan portfolio increased $22.2 million during 
2008 as result of overall growth at existing locations and the expansion into new markets in 2007.  The Mortgage 
Banking segment’s average loan portfolio increased $1.4 million during 2008 as a result of the introduction of short- 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
term bridge loans in 2007 and repurchased loans.  Average loans held for sale at the Mortgage Banking segment 
decreased  $4.6  million  during  2008  as  a  result  of  a  decline  in  loan  demand.    The  overall  yield  on  loans  held  for 
investment  at  all  our  business  segments  and  loans  held  for  sale  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  during  2008 
decreased as a result of a general decrease in interest rates. 

Average securities available for sale increased $18.9 million during 2008.  The increase in securities available 
for  sale  occurred  predominantly  in  the  Retail  Banking  segment’s  municipal  bond portfolio.  This resulted from a 
strategy to increase the Bank’s securities portfolio as a percentage of total assets.  The lower yields in 2008 resulted 
from the current interest rate environment in which securities purchases were made at yields less than those being 
called.    In  addition,  securities  yields  for  2007  included  the  receipt  of  seven  quarters  of  previously-suspended 
dividends from one preferred stock holding. 

Average  interest-earning  deposits  at  other  banks,  primarily  the  FHLB,  decreased  $7.5  million  during  2008.  
Fluctuations  in  the  average  balance  of  these  low-yielding  deposits  occurred  in  response  to  loan  demand,  an 
increase  in  the  securities  portfolio,  and  improved  cash  management  strategies.    The  average  yield  on  interest-
earning deposits at other banks decreased in 2008 due to declines in short-term interest rates since September 2007. 

Average interest-bearing customer deposits increased $12.7 million during 2008.  The majority of the growth 
occurred  in  lower-rate  transaction  accounts  as  opposed  to  higher-costing  certificates  of  deposit  as  a  result  of  our 
deposit  strategies  that  emphasize  retention  of  multi-service  customer  relationships,  coupled  with  depositors’ 
preferences for maintaining flexibility in their investing options as the value of the stock market declined during 
2008.  The average cost of deposits declined 44 basis points during 2008.  As sources of wholesale funding available 
to the financial services industry have diminished since mid-2007, competition for deposits within the industry has 
intensified and rates on time deposits have been slower to decline than short-term interest rates.  However, as time 
deposits matured during last half of 2008, deposit rates began to decline. 

Average borrowings increased $56.5 million during 2008.  This increase was attributable to increased use of 
the third-party line of credit by the Consumer Finance segment to fund loan growth, increased use of borrowings 
from the FHLB and the FRB to fund loan growth at the Retail Banking and Consumer Finance segments, and the 
issuance of trust preferred capital securities in late 2007 for general corporate purposes, including the refinancing 
of existing debt.  A portion of these borrowings is indexed to short-term interest rates and reprices as short-term 
interest  rates  change.    Accordingly,  the  average  cost  of  borrowings  decreased  201  basis  points  during  2008  as 
interest rates fell. 

Interest  rates  will  be  a  significant  factor  influencing  the  performance  of  all  of  the  Corporation’s  business 
segments during 2009.  Net interest margin compression may continue in 2009 as we modify loan terms for existing 
borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty.  As fixed-rate deposits mature, they are expected to reprice at 
lower  interest  rates,  which  should  reduce  funding  costs  and  relieve  some  pressure  on  the  net  interest  margin.  
However, competition for deposits may hinder a decline in rates paid for deposits.  We also expect that declining 
economic conditions may result in lower overall loan growth. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2007 Compared to 2006 

Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $42.9 million, 
compared  to  $41.5  million  for  2006.    The  net  interest  margin,  on  a  taxable-equivalent  basis,  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2007 was 6.27 percent, compared to 6.56 percent for 2006.  An increase of 20 basis points in the yield 
on  interest-earning  assets  during  2007  was  offset  by  an  increase  of  54  basis  points  in  the  rate  on  interest-bearing 
liabilities. 

Average  loans  held  for  investment  increased  $55.8  million  during  2007.    The  Retail  Banking  segment’s 
average loan portfolio increased $26.5 million during 2007 primarily as a result of commercial loan growth.  The 
Consumer  Finance  segment’s  average  loan  portfolio  increased  $27.3  million  during  2007  as  a  result  of  overall 
growth  at  existing  locations  and  expansion  into  new  markets.    The  Mortgage  Banking  segment’s  average  loan 
portfolio  increased  $2.0  million  during  2007  as  a  result  of  short-term  bridge  loans,  a  new  product  introduced  in 
2007.    Average  loans  held  for  sale  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  decreased  $9.6  million  during  2007.    The 
decrease  in  the  average  balances  of  loans  held  for  sale  occurred  in  response  to  loan  demand,  coupled  with 
fluctuations  in  the  timing  of  loan  originations  and  sales  within  the  periods.    The  overall  yield  on  loans  held  for 
investment  and  loans  held  for  sale  increased  as  a  result  of  a  general  increase  in  interest  rates  and  an  increase  in 
higher-yielding Consumer Finance average loans relative to the overall loan portfolio. 

Average securities available for sale increased $7.7 million during 2007 and their average yield increased 16 
basis points.  The increase in securities available for sale occurred predominantly in the Retail Banking segment’s 
municipal portfolio.  Additions during 2007 focused on longer-term municipal securities.  Yields for 2007 included 
the  receipt  of  dividends  from  one  preferred  stock  holding,  for  which  dividend  payments  had  been  suspended 
throughout 2006.  

Average  interest-bearing  deposits  at  other  banks,  primarily  the  FHLB,  decreased  $1.0  million  during  2007.  
Fluctuations  in  the  average  balance  of  these  low-yielding  deposits  occurred  in  response  to  loan  demand  and  an 
increase in the securities portfolio.  The average yield on interest-earning deposits at other banks increased 35 basis 
points during 2007.  The higher yields were due to increases in short-term interest rates through mid-2006. 

Average  interest-bearing  customer  deposits  increased  $34.0  million  during  2007.    However,  the  increase  in 
interest on deposits was influenced to a greater extent by the increase in deposit rates.  The average cost of deposits 
increased  64  basis  points  due  to  the  increase  in  short-term  interest  rates  through  mid-2006,  coupled  with  the 
repricing  of  maturing  certificates  of  deposit  at  higher  interest  rates,  a  decrease  in  the  proportion  of  transaction 
accounts  relative  to  total  interest-bearing  deposits,  and  the  general  competitive  environment  for  core  deposit 
growth. 

Average borrowings increased $16.4 million during 2007 primarily from increased use of the third-party line 
of credit by the Consumer Finance segment to fund loan growth and from increased use of short-term and long-
term  borrowings  from  the  FHLB  by  the  Retail  Banking  segment  to  fund  subsidiaries.    These  borrowings  are 
primarily  indexed  to  short-term  interest  rates  and  reprice  as  short-term  interest  rates  change.    Accordingly,  the 
average  cost  of  borrowings  increased  11  basis  points  for  2007  as  the  impact  of  rising  short-term  interest  rates 
through mid-2006 more than offset the decline in rates in the fourth quarter of 2007. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NONINTEREST INCOME  

TABLE 3: Noninterest Income 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 

Service charges on deposit accounts 

Other service charges and fees 

Gains on calls of available for sale securities 

Other-than-temporary impairment of available for sale 

securities 

Other income 

          Retail 

          Banking 

Mortgage 

Banking 

$     --       

3,907      

1,550      

227      

--      

349      

$16,714      

--        

2,163      

--       

--       

5       

  Total noninterest income 

$6,033      

$18,882       

Consumer 

 Other and 

Finance 
 $  --          
--          
8         
--          

--          
580         
$588         

Eliminations 

Total 

$   (21)     

$16,693     

--     

--     

7     

3,907     

3,721     

234      

(1,575)    

1,235     

(1,575)     

2,169     

$   (354)    

$25,149     

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 

Service charges on deposit accounts 

Other service charges and fees 

Gains on calls of available for sale securities 

Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 

Service charges on deposit accounts 

Other service charges and fees 

Gains on calls of available for sale securities 

Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

2008 Compared to 2007 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

          Retail 

          Banking 

Mortgage 

Banking 

$     --       

3,684      

1,364      

21      

247      

$15,854      

--        

2,572      

--       

218       

$5,316      

$18,644       

Consumer 

Other and 

Finance 
 $  --          
--          
84         
--          
506         
$590         

Eliminations 

Total 

$   (21)     

$15,833     

--     

--     

--     

1,349     

3,684     

4,020     

21      

2,320     

$ 1,328     

$25,878     

Year Ended December 31, 2006 

          Retail 

          Banking 

Mortgage 

Banking 

$     --       

3,471      

1,200      

86      

342      

$17,149      

--        

3,656      

--       

22       

$5,099      

$20,827       

Consumer 

Other and 

Finance 
 $  --          
--          
245         
--          
294         
$539         

Eliminations 

Total 

$   (51)     

$17,098     

--     

--     

19     

954     

3,471     

5,101     

105      

1,612     

$   922     

$27,387     

Total  noninterest  income  declined  2.8  percent  to  $25.1  million  in  2008.    The  decrease  primarily  resulted 
from a $1.6 million other-than-temporary impairment in the Corporation’s holdings of perpetual preferred stock of 
Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac,  as  previously  described.    The  impairment  charge  at  the  Corporation’s  holding 
company  offset  increases  in  other  income  in  the  Retail  Banking  and  Mortgage  Banking  segments.    Noninterest 
income at the Retail Banking segment increased 13.5 percent during 2008 as a result of higher customer usage and a 
pricing increase of the Bank’s overdraft protection program, higher usage of bank card and ATM services, a higher 
number  of  investment  securities  calls  at  premium  call  rates,  gains  on  sales  of  pre-refunded  available-for-sale 
securities and a gain on the sale of the Bank’s credit card portfolio.  Noninterest income at the Mortgage Banking 
segment increased 1.3 percent during 2008 as a result of higher gains on sales of loans, which was attributable to 
higher  profit  margins  on  loans  originated  and  sold.    The  increase  in  gains  was  offset  in  part  by  lower  volume-
dependent ancillary fees. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2007 Compared to 2006 

Total noninterest income declined 5.5 percent to $25.9 million in 2007.  The decrease in noninterest income 
at the Mortgage Banking segment was attributable to lower gains on loan sales and lower ancillary fees due to the 
ongoing effects of lower demand for home mortgage loans, tightening secondary market underwriting criteria and 
increased competition.  The decline in noninterest income at the Mortgage Banking segment was offset in part by 
an increase in noninterest income at (1) the Retail Banking segment attributable to higher service charges and fees 
on deposit accounts resulting from deposit account growth and the expansion of our overdraft protection services 
and (2) the Consumer Finance segment attributable to activity-based fees and service charges.  Increased revenue 
from brokerage services included in Other further offset the decline in the Mortgage Banking segment. 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE 

TABLE 4: Noninterest Expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 

Occupancy expense 

Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 

Occupancy expense 

Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 

Occupancy expense 

Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 

Retail Banking 

$13,378       
3,628       
6,299       
$23,305       

Mortgage 

Banking 

Consumer 

Finance 

 $8,889       
1,962       
6,536       
$17,387       

$4,662       
416       
2,299       
$7,377       

Other 

Total 

$795       
25       
431       
$1,251       

$27,724       

6,031       

15,565       

$49,320       

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

Retail Banking 

$14,626       
3,780       
4,811       
$23,217       

Mortgage 

Banking 

Consumer 

Finance 

 $11,095       
1,868       
4,222       
$17,185       

$4,317       
384       
2,086       
$6,787       

Other 

Total 

$  749       
26       
407       
$1,182       

$30,787       

6,058       

11,526       

$48,371       

Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Retail Banking 

$13,001       
3,109       
4,701       
$20,811       

Mortgage 

Banking 

Consumer 

Finance 

 $12,137       
1,671       
4,550       
$18,358       

$3,146       
282       
1,767       
$5,195       

Other 

Total 

$723       
25       
216       
$964       

$29,007       

5,087       

11,234       

$45,328       

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2008 Compared to 2007 

Total noninterest expense increased 2.0 percent to $49.3 million in 2008.  The increase at the Retail Banking 
segment included the effects of higher assessments for deposit insurance resulting from the FDIC’s implementation 
of  its  amended  assessment  system,  higher  expenses  associated  with  the  enhancement  of  our  internet  banking 
service, and higher loan and foreclosed properties expenses associated with nonperforming assets.  These increases 
were  offset  in  part  by  lower  salaries  and  benefits  resulting  from  personnel  reductions  and  lower  bonuses.    The 
increase  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  included  the  effects  of  a  write-down  in  the  carrying  value  of  certain 
foreclosed properties, an increase in the provision for estimated indemnification losses, and higher legal expenses 
related to troubled loans.  These increases were offset in part by lower production-based salaries and bonuses.  The 
increase at the Consumer Finance segment included the effects of higher personnel costs and operating expenses to 
support growth and technology enhancements. 

2007 Compared to 2006 

Total  noninterest  expense  increased  6.7  percent  to  $48.4  million  in  2007.    The  Retail  Banking  and  the 
Consumer  Finance  segments  reported  increases  in  total  noninterest  expense  that  were  primarily  attributable  to 
higher  personnel  and  operating  expenses  to  support  growth  and  technology  enhancements  at  both  segments.  
Noninterest  expense  of  the  Retail  Banking  segment  included  operating  expenses  associated  with  our  Patterson 
Avenue and Chester retail banking branches in the Richmond, Virginia area, which opened in the first quarter of 
2007, our Hampton and Yorktown retail banking branches on the Virginia Peninsula, which opened in 2006, and 
our  operations  center,  which  opened  in  late  2005.    Noninterest  expenses  of  the  Consumer  Finance  segment 
included  costs  associated  with  building  depth  in  our  sales  force,  entering  new  markets  and  increasing  the 
administrative  staff  to  support  the  increase  in  the  loan  portfolio.    Total  noninterest  expense  decreased  at  the 
Mortgage Banking segment because of lower production-based personnel expenses as a result of the decline in loan 
production. 

INCOME TAXES 

Applicable  income  taxes  on 2008 earnings amounted to $617,000, resulting in an effective tax rate of 12.9 
percent, compared with $3.3 million, or 28.3 percent, in 2007 and $5.4 million, or 30.9 percent, in 2006.  The decline 
in the effective tax rate during 2008 resulted from higher tax-exempt income on securities and loans as a percentage 
of pretax income.  C&F Bank has a large portfolio of municipal securities, which generates interest income that is 
exempt from income taxes. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSET QUALITY 

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb any 
losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.  The provision for loan losses increases the allowance, and 
loans charged off, net of recoveries, reduce the allowance.  The following table presents the Corporation’s loan loss 
experience for the periods indicated: 

TABLE 5: Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance, beginning of period 
Provision for loan losses: 
  Retail Banking 
  Mortgage Banking 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total provision for loan losses 
Loans charged off: 
  Real estate—residential 
  Commercial, financial and agricultural 
  Consumer 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off: 
  Real estate—residential 
  Commercial, financial and agricultural 
  Consumer 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total recoveries 
Net loans charged off 
Allowance, end of period 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans 
  outstanding during period for Retail Banking and 
  Mortgage Banking 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans 
  outstanding during period for Consumer Finance 

2008 
$15,963   

       Year Ended December 31,           
   2006 
$13,064   $11,144   

   2007 
$14,216  

   2005 

2,300   
796   
10,670   
13,766   

179   
211   
362   
10,807   
11,559   

280  
120  
6,730  
7,130  

34  
2  
187  
7,077  
7,300  

(250) 
—  
4,875  
4,625  

32  
97  
229  
4,735  
5,093  

400   
—   
5,120   
5,520   

—   
20   
227   
4,738   
4,985   

   2004 
$ 8,657   

200   
—   
3,826   
4,026   

—   
7   
96   
2,592   
2,695   

—   
14   
97   
1,525   
1,636   
9,923   
$19,806   

1  
125  
114  
1,677  
1,917  
5,383  
$15,963  

1  
69  
146  
1,404  
1,620  
3,473  

—   
—   
68   
49   
39   
57   
1,049   
1,279   
1,156   
1,385   
1,539   
3,600   
$14,216   $13,064    $11,144   

.14%

—   

.03%

.03%

—   

5.46%

3.65%

2.76%

3.33%

1.78%

During  2008,  there  was  a  $2.5  million  increase  in  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  at  the  combined  Retail 
Banking  and  Mortgage  Banking  segments  since  December  31,  2007,  and  the  provision  for  loan  losses  at  these 
combined  segments  increased  $2.7  million in 2008.  These increases were attributable to loan growth at the Bank 
and  an  increase  in  nonaccrual  loans  at  both  C&F  Bank  and  C&F  Mortgage  as  presented  in  Table  7  below.    In 
addition, there was a 2008 year-over-year increase in net charge-offs of $658,000 at these combined segments, which 
included  write  downs  of  certain  loans  to  fair  market  value  less  costs  to  sell  at  the  date  of  their  foreclosure.    We 
believe that the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb any losses on existing loans that 
may  become  uncollectible.    Depending  on  the  effects  of  current  economic  conditions,  a  higher  level  of 
nonperforming loans may result during 2009, which may require a higher provision for loan losses. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Consumer  Finance  segment,  consisting  solely  of  C&F  Finance,  accounted  for  a  significant  portion  of 
the activity in the allowance for loan losses during 2008.  C&F Finance’s allowance for loan losses increased to $12.6 
million at December 31, 2008 from $11.2 million at December 31, 2007, and its provision for loan losses increased 
$3.9 million in 2008.  In addition, there was a 2008 year-over-year increase in net charge-offs of $3.9 million.  C&F 
Finance’s originations and collections were directly affected by rising unemployment during 2008.  In addition, the 
level of charge-offs was affected by a decline in the recovery rate on the sale of repossessed vehicles, coupled with 
an increase in the number of vehicles repossessed in 2008 mainly as a result of declining economic conditions.  We 
believe that the current level of the allowance for loan losses at C&F Finance is adequate to absorb any losses on 
existing  loans  that  may  become  uncollectible.    However,  if  unemployment  continues  to  rise  throughout  2009, 
higher provisions for loan losses may become necessary. 

For further information regarding the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, refer to “Nonperforming 

Assets” within this Item 7. 

Loan Loss Allowance Methodology-Retail and Mortgage Banking.  We conduct an analysis of the loan portfolio 
on a regular basis.  We use this analysis to assess the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses and to determine 
the necessary provision for loan losses.  The review process generally begins with loan officers identifying problem 
loans to be reviewed on an individual basis for impairment.  In addition to these loans, all commercial loans are 
considered for individual impairment testing.  Impairment testing includes consideration of the current collateral 
value  for  each  loan,  as  well  as  any  known  internal  or  external  factors  that  may  affect  collectibility.    When  we 
identify  a  loan  as  impaired,  we  may  establish  a  specific  allowance  based  on  the  difference  between  the  carrying 
value  of  the  loan  and  its  computed  fair  value.    We  segregate  the  loans  meeting  the  criteria  for  special  mention, 
substandard,  doubtful  and  loss,  as  well  as  impaired  loans,  from  performing  loans  within  the  portfolio.    We  then 
group loans by loan type (e.g., commercial, consumer) and by risk rating (e.g., substandard, doubtful).  We assign 
each loan type an allowance factor based on the associated risk, complexity and size of the individual loans within 
the  particular  loan  category.    We  assign  classified  loans  a  higher  allowance  factor  than  non-rated  loans  within  a 
particular  loan  type  based  on  our  concerns  regarding  collectibility  or  our  knowledge  of  particular  elements 
surrounding  the  borrower.    Our  allowance  factors  increase  with  the  severity  of  classification.    Allowance  factors 
used for unclassified loans are based on our analysis of charge-off history and our judgment based on the overall 
analysis of the lending environment including the general economic conditions.  The allowance for loan losses is 
the  aggregate  of  specific  allowances,  the  calculated  allowance  required  for  classified  loans  by  category  and  the 
general allowance for each portfolio type. 

In  conjunction  with  the  methodology  described  above,  we  consider  the  following  risk  elements  that  are 

inherent in the loan portfolio: 

•  Residential  real  estate  loans  and  equity  lines  of  credit  carry  risks  associated  with  the  continued  credit-

worthiness of the borrower and changes in the value of the collateral. 

•  Construction  loans  carry  risks  that  the  project  will  not  be  finished  according to schedule, the project will 
not be finished according to budget and the value of the collateral may at any point in time be less than the 
principal amount of the loan.  Construction loans also bear the risk that the general contractor, who may or 
may not be a Bank loan customer, may be unable to finish the construction project as planned because of 
financial pressure unrelated to the project. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Commercial real estate loans may carry risks associated with the successful operation of a business or a real 
estate project, in addition to other risks associated with the ownership of real estate, because the repayment 
of these loans may be dependent upon the profitability and cash flows of the business or project. 

•  Commercial  business  loans  carry  risks  associated  with  the  successful  operation  of  a  business,  which  is 
usually the source of loan repayment, and the value of the collateral, which may depreciate over time and 
cannot be appraised with as much precision as real estate. 

•  Consumer loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and the value 
of the collateral (e.g., rapidly-depreciating assets such as automobiles), or lack thereof.  Consumer loans are 
more  likely  than  real  estate  loans  to  be  immediately  adversely  affected  by  job  loss,  divorce,  illness  or 
personal bankruptcy. 

Loan  Loss  Allowance  Methodology  –  Consumer  Finance.    The  Consumer  Finance  segment’s  loans  consist  of 
non-prime  automobile  loans.    These  loans  carry  risks  associated  with  (1)  the  continued  credit-worthiness  of 
borrowers  who  may  be  unable  to  meet  the  credit  standards  imposed  by  most  traditional  automobile  financing 
sources and (2) the value of rapidly-depreciating collateral.  These loans do not lend themselves to a classification 
process  because  of  the  short  duration  of  time  between  delinquency  and  repossession.    Therefore,  the  loan  loss 
allowance  review  process  generally  focuses  on  the  rates  of  delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses.  
Allowance factors also include an analysis of charge-off history and our judgment based on the overall analysis of 
the lending environment. 

The allocation of the allowance at December 31 for the years indicated and the ratio of related outstanding 

loan balances to total loans are as follows: 

TABLE 6: Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Allocation of allowance for loan losses, end of year: 

Real estate—residential mortgage 

Real estate—construction 

Commercial, financial and agricultural1 

Equity lines 

Consumer 

Consumer finance 

Unallocated 

Balance, December 31 

Ratio of loans to total year-end loans: 

Real estate—residential mortgage 

Real estate—construction 

Commercial, financial and agricultural1 

Equity lines 

Consumer 

Consumer finance 

    2008 

    2007 

    2006 

    2005 

    2004 

$   1,576   

$     684   

$     502   

$     402   

$     337   

483   

4,752   

167   

220   

12,608   
--    

267   

3,384   

143   

265   

11,220   

--    

136   

3,031   

134   

326   

9,890   

197   

202   

3,776   

124   

214   

129   

3,736   

92   

166   

8,346   

6,684   

--   

--   

$19,806   

$15,963   

$14,216   

$13,064   

$11,144   

22%

4   

42   

4   

1   

27   

100%

20%

5   

43   

4   

1   

27   

100%

22%

2   

44   

5   

2   

25   

100%

20%

4   

45   

5   

2   

24   

100%

21%

3   

46   

5   

2   

23   

100%

1 Includes loans secured by real estate for builder lines, acquisition and development and commercial development, as well as commercial loans 

secured by personal property. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Assets 

Table 7 summarizes nonperforming assets at December 31, of each of the past five years. 

TABLE 7: Nonperforming Assets 

Retail and Mortgage Banking 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Nonaccrual loans*-Retail Banking 

Nonaccrual loans*-Mortgage Banking 

OREO**-Retail Banking 

OREO**-Mortgage Banking 

  Total nonperforming assets 

Accruing loans* past due for 90 days or more 

Total loans* 

Allowance for loan losses 

Nonperforming assets to total loans* and OREO** 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans* 

Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans* 
*  Loans exclude Consumer Finance segment loans presented below. 

** OREO is recorded at its fair market value less cost to sell. 

Consumer Finance 
 (Dollars in thousands) 

Nonaccrual loans 

Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more 

Total loans 

Allowance for loan losses 

Nonaccrual consumer finance loans to total consumer finance loans 

Allowance for loan losses to total consumer finance loans 

     2008 

     2007 

     2006 

     2005 

    2004 

$  17,222    

$      495    

$       955    

$    4,083    

$    4,336    

1,460    

1,370    

596    

732    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

$  20,648    

$    1,227    

$       955    

$    4,083    

$    4,336    

$    3,517    

$       578    

$    1,629    

$    3,826    

$    1,580    

$480,438    

$441,648    

$399,195    

$366,962    

$312,151    

$    7,198    

$  4,743    

$    4,326    

$    4,718    

$    4,460    

4.28%  

1.50     

38.53     

0.28%  

1.07     

0.24%  

1.08     

1.11%  

1.29     

1.39%  

1.43     

386.55     

452.98     

115.56     

102.88     

        2008 

        2007 

     2006 

     2005 

    2004 

$       798    

$    1,388    

$       880    

$    1,819    

$  1,330    

$         —    

$         —    

$           8    

$         26    

$     481    

$172,385    

$160,196    

$132,864    

$111,141    

$93,464    

$  12,608    

$  11,220    

$    9,890    

$    8,346    

$  6,684    

0.46% 

7.31% 

0.87% 

7.00% 

0.66% 

7.44% 

1.64% 

7.51% 

1.42% 

7.15% 

Nonperforming assets of the Retail Banking segment totaled $18.6 million at December 31, 2008 compared 
to  $495,000  at  December  31,  2007.    The  largest  components  of  C&F  Bank’s  nonaccrual  loans  are  two  commercial 
relationships aggregating $15.6 million, which are secured by residential real estate.  We believe we have provided 
adequate  loan  loss  reserves  based  on  current  appraisals  of  the  collateral.    The  largest  component  of  C&F  Bank’s 
foreclosed properties is $1.3 million of residential properties associated with one commercial relationship.  These 
properties have been written down to their estimated fair values based upon current appraisals less selling costs.  
Additional properties securing nonaccrual loans totaling $766,000 associated with this relationship are expected to 
be conveyed to C&F Bank in the first quarter of 2009 and appropriate loan loss reserves have been established. 

Nonperforming  assets  of  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  totaled  $2.1  million  at  December  31,  2008 
compared  to  $732,000  at  December  31,  2007.    This  increase  resulted  from  loans  that  were  repurchased  from 
investors. 

We  have  increased  our  allowance  as  a  percentage  of  total  loans  at  the  combined  Retail  and  Mortgage 
Banking segment largely as a result of the increase in nonperforming loans, and the continued deterioration in the 
economy,  in  particular  the  housing  market.    We  continue  to  monitor  all  of  the  risk  factors  previously  described 
when  establishing  the  loan  loss  allowance  and  may  continue  to  make  adjustments  to  the  allowance  level  in  the 
future based upon changes in our portfolios and general economic conditions. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There  has  been  a  $590,000  decline  in  nonaccrual  loans  at  C&F  Finance  since  December  31,  2007,  and  the 
allowance for loan losses increased from $11.2 million at December 31, 2007 to $12.6 million at December 31, 2008.  
The higher provision for loan losses in 2008 resulted in the increase in the allowance for loan losses and an increase 
in  the  ratio  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  total  consumer  finance  loans  to  7.31  percent at December 31, 2008 
compared  to  7.00  percent  at  December  31,  2007.    The  increase  in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of 
total  consumer  finance  loans  is  a  result  of  the  increase  in  net  charge-offs,  increasing  delinquencies,  continued 
deterioration in collateral values as a result of declining sales prices at auction on repossessed automobiles and the 
rising unemployment level.  Charge-offs and delinquencies are very highly correlated to employment.  While we 
believe  our  current  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  adequate,  C&F  Finance’s  loan  portfolio  can  be  immediately 
adversely  affected  by  deterioration  in  general  economic  conditions,  such  as  an  increase  in  the  level  of 
unemployment.    We  are  closely  monitoring  this  situation  and  may  make  adjustments  to  our  reserve  level  in  the 
future based upon changes in our portfolio and general economic conditions. 

In  accordance  with  its  policies  and  guidelines  and  consistent  with  industry  practices,  C&F  Finance,  at 
times, offers payment deferrals to borrowers, whereby the borrower is allowed to move up to two payments within 
a  twelve-month  rolling  period  to  the  end  of  the  loan,  generally  by  paying  a  fee.    An  account  for  which  all 
delinquent payments are deferred is classified as current at the time the deferment is granted and therefore is not 
included  as  a  delinquent  account.    Thereafter,  such  an  account  is  aged  based  on  the  timely  payment  of  future 
installments  in  the  same  manner  as  any  other  account.    We  evaluate  the  results  of  this  deferment  strategy  based 
upon the amount of cash installments that are collected on accounts after they have been deferred versus the extent 
to which the collateral underlying the deferred accounts has depreciated over the same period of time.  Based on 
this evaluation, we believe that payment deferrals granted according to our policies and guidelines are an effective 
portfolio management technique and result in higher ultimate cash collections.  Payment deferrals may affect the 
ultimate timing of when an account is charged off.  Increased use of deferrals may result in a lengthening of the 
loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio and therefore 
increase the allowance for loan losses and related provision for loan losses. 

During  periods  of  economic  slowdown  or  recession,  delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses 
generally  increase  at  the  Consumer  Finance  segment.    These  periods  also  may  be  accompanied  by  decreased 
consumer  demand  for  automobiles  and  declining  values  of  automobiles  securing  outstanding  loans,  which 
weakens collateral coverage and increases the amount of a loss in the event of default.  Significant increases in the 
inventory of used automobiles during periods of economic recession may also depress the prices at which we may 
sell  repossessed  automobiles  or  delay  the  timing  of  these  sales.    Because  C&F  Finance  focuses  on  non-prime 
borrowers, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on these loans are higher than those 
experienced  in  the  general  automobile  finance  industry  and  could  be  more  dramatically  affected  by  a  general 
economic downturn.  While we manage the higher risk inherent in loans made to non-prime borrowers through the 
underwriting criteria and collection methods employed by C&F Finance, we cannot guarantee that these criteria or 
methods will afford adequate protection against these risks.  However, we believe that the current allowance for 
loan  losses  is  appropriate  to  absorb  any  losses  on  existing  Consumer  Finance  segment  loans  that  may  become 
uncollectible. 

We  generally  place  loans  at  the  Retail  Banking,  Mortgage  Banking  and  Consumer  Finance  segments  on 
nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier, if collection is 
uncertain  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  net  realizable  value  of  the  collateral  and  the  financial  strength  of  the 
borrower.  Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on accrual status if we determine we have adequate  

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
collateral to cover the principal and interest.  For those loans that are carried on nonaccrual status, payments are 
first  applied  to  principal  outstanding.    We  would  have  recorded  additional  gross  interest  income  of  $439,000  for 
2008, $56,000 for 2007 and $70,000 for 2006 if nonaccrual loans had been current throughout these periods.  Interest 
received on nonaccrual loans was $23,000 in 2008, $219,000 in 2007 and $41,000 in 2006. 

At the Consumer Finance segment, the automobile repossession process is generally initiated after a loan 
becomes more than 60 days delinquent.  Repossessions are handled by independent repossession firms engaged by 
C&F  Finance  and  must  be  approved  by  a  manager.    After  the  prescribed  waiting  period,  the  repossessed 
automobile is sold in a third-party auction.  We credit the proceeds from the sale of the automobile, and any other 
recoveries, against the balance of the loan.  Proceeds from the sale of the repossessed vehicle and other recoveries 
are usually not sufficient to cover the outstanding balance of the loan, and the resulting deficiency is charged off.  
The  charge-off  represents  the  difference  between  the  actual  net  sale  proceeds  minus  collections  and  repossession 
expenses and the principal balance of the delinquent loan.  C&F Finance pursues collection of deficiencies when it 
deems such action to be appropriate. 

We  measure  impaired  loans  based  on  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the 
effective interest rate of the loan or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value 
of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  We consider a loan impaired when it is probable that we will be 
unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  We do not consider a loan 
impaired  during  a  period  of  delay  in  payment  if  we  expect  the  ultimate  collectibility  of  all  amounts  due.    We 
maintain  a  valuation  allowance  to  the  extent  that  the  measure  of  the  impaired  loan  is  less  than  the  recorded 
investment.    The  balance  of  impaired  loans  was  $16.8  million  and  $291,000  at  December  31,  2008  and  2007, 
respectively,  for  which  there  was  a  $940,000  specific  valuation  allowance  at  December  31,  2008  and  no  specific 
valuation  allowance  at  December  31,  2007.    The  average  balance  of  impaired  loans  was  $5.8  million  for  2008, 
$557,000 for 2007 and $2.24 million for 2006. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION 

SUMMARY 

A  financial  institution’s  primary  sources  of  revenue  are  generated  by  its  earning  assets,  while  its  major 
expenses  are  produced  by  the  funding  of  those  assets  with  interest-bearing  liabilities.    Effective  management  of 
these  sources  and  uses  of  funds  is  essential  in  attaining  a  financial  institution’s  maximum  profitability  while 
maintaining an acceptable level of risk.  

At  December  31,  2008,  the  Corporation  had  total  assets  of  $855.7  million  compared  to  $785.6  million  at 
December 31, 2007.  The increase was principally a result of an increase in loans held for investment at the Retail 
Banking and Consumer Finance segments and an increase in investment securities at the Retail Banking segment.  
Asset growth was funded with increased deposits and borrowings. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LOAN PORTFOLIO 

General 

Through  the  Retail  Banking  segment,  we  engage  in  a  wide  range  of  lending activities, which include the 
origination, primarily in the Banking segment’s market area, of (1) one-to-four family and multi-family residential 
mortgage  loans,  (2)  commercial  real  estate  loans,  (3)  construction  loans,  (4)  land  acquisition  and  development 
loans, (5) consumer loans and (6) commercial business loans.  We engage in non-prime automobile lending through 
the Consumer Finance segment and in residential mortgage lending through the Mortgage Banking segment with 
the  majority  of  the  loans  sold  to  third-party  investors.    At  December  31,  2008,  the  Corporation’s  loans  held  for 
investment in all categories totaled $652.8 million and loans held for sale totaled $37.0 million. 

Tables 8 and 9 present information pertaining to the composition of loans and maturity/repricing of loans. 

TABLE 8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Real estate—residential mortgage 

Real estate—construction 

Commercial, financial, and agricultural

1

Equity lines 

Consumer 

Consumer finance 

Total loans 

Less allowance for loan losses 

                                     December 31,                                    

           2008 

           2007 

           2006 

           2005 

           2004 

$ 141,341 

$ 122,705 

$ 115,557 

$  96,423 

$  85,080 

28,286 

272,164 

29,136 

9,511 

172,385 

652,823 

(19,806)

26,719 

257,951 

25,282 

8,991 

160,196 

601,844 

(15,963)

13,650 

236,157 

24,880 

8,951 

132,864 

532,059 

(14,216)

20,222 

216,081 

24,662 

9,574 

111,141 

478,103 

(13,064)

13,315 

185,646 

18,490 

9,620 

93,464 

405,615 

(11,144)

Total loans, net 
1  Includes loans secured by real estate for builder lines, acquisition and development and commercial development, as well as commercial loans 
secured by personal property. 

$633,017 

$585,881 

$517,843 

$465,039 

$394,471 

TABLE 9: Maturity/Repricing Schedule of Loans 

December 31, 2008 

Commercial, Financial, 

Real Estate 

and Agricultural 

Construction 

$160,729

$11,955        

--

--

$  11,172

59,738

40,525

--       

--       

$ 16,241       

90       

--       

(Dollars in thousands) 

Variable Rate: 

  Within 1 year 

1 to 5 years 

  After 5 years 

Fixed Rate: 

  Within 1 year 

1 to 5 years 

  After 5 years 

The  increase  in  loans  held  for  investment  occurred  predominantly  in  (1)  the  variable-rate  category  of 
commercial  loans  at  C&F  Bank  and  (2)  the  fixed-rate  categories  of  residential  mortgage  loans  at  C&F  Bank  and 
consumer loans at C&F Finance.  Typically, growth in the variable-rate categories will negatively affect net interest 
income  in  a  declining  interest  rate  environment  and  growth  in  the  fixed-rate  categories  will  negatively  affect  net 
interest  income  in  a  rising  interest  rate  environment.    However,  fixed-rate  consumer  loans  at  C&F  Finance  are 
partially funded by variable-rate borrowings; therefore, net interest income will be favorably affected in a declining 
interest rate environment. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Policy 

The  Corporation’s  credit  policy  establishes  minimum  requirements  and  provides  for  appropriate 
limitations  on  overall  concentration  of  credit  within  the  Corporation.    The  policy  provides  guidance  in  general 
credit policies, underwriting policies and risk management, credit approval, and administrative and problem asset 
management  policies.    The  overall  goal  of  the  Corporation’s  credit  policy  is  to  ensure  that  loan  growth  is 
accompanied  by  acceptable  asset  quality  with  uniform  and  consistently  applied  approval,  administration,  and 
documentation practices and standards. 

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Sale 

The Mortgage Banking segment’s guidelines for underwriting conventional conforming loans comply with 
the  underwriting  criteria  established  by  Fannie  Mae  and/or  Freddie  Mac.    The  guidelines  for  non-conforming 
conventional  loans  are  based  on  the  requirements  of  private  investors  and  information  provided  by  third-party 
investors.  The guidelines used by C&F Mortgage to originate FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed loans comply with 
the criteria established by HUD and the VA.  The conventional loans that C&F Mortgage originates or purchases 
that  have  loan-to-value  ratios  greater  than  80  percent  at  origination  are  generally  insured  by  private  mortgage 
insurance.  The borrower pays the cost of the insurance. 

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Investment 

The  Retail  Banking  segment  originates  residential  mortgage  loans  secured  by  properties  located  in  its 
primary market area in southeastern and central Virginia.  The Bank offers various types of residential mortgage 
loans  in  addition  to  traditional  long-term,  fixed-rate  loans.    The  majority  of  such  loans  include  10  and  15  year 
amortizing mortgage loans with fixed rates of interest and fixed-rate mortgage loans with terms of 20, 25 and 30 
years but subject to call after five years at the option of the Bank. 

Loans  associated  with  residential  mortgage  lending  are  included  in  the  real  estate—residential  mortgage 

category in Table 8. 

Construction Lending 

The Retail Banking segment has an active construction lending program.  The Bank makes loans primarily 
for the construction of one-to-four family residences and, to a lesser extent, multi-family dwellings.  The Bank also 
makes construction loans for office and warehouse facilities and other nonresidential projects, generally limited to 
borrowers that present other business opportunities for the Bank. 

The amounts, interest rates and terms for construction loans vary, depending upon market conditions, the 
size and complexity of the project, and the financial strength of the borrower and any guarantors of the loan.  The 
term  for  the  Bank’s  typical  construction  loan  ranges  from  nine  months  to  15  months  for  the  construction  of  an 
individual residence and from 15 months to a maximum of three years for larger residential or commercial projects.  
The  Bank  does  not  typically  amortize  its  construction  loans,  and  the  borrower  pays  interest  monthly  on  the 
outstanding  principal  balance  of  the  loan.    The  interest  rates  on  the  Bank’s  construction  loans  are  fixed  and 
variable.    The  Bank  does  not  generally  finance  the  construction  of  commercial  real  estate  projects  built  on  a 
speculative  basis.    For  residential  builder  loans,  the  Bank  limits  the  number  of  models  and/or  speculative  units 
allowed  depending  on  market  conditions,  the  builder’s  financial  strength  and  track  record  and  other  factors.  
Generally,  the  maximum  loan-to-value  ratio  for  one-to-four  family  residential  construction  loans  is  80  percent  of 
the  property’s  fair  market  value,  or  85  percent  of  the  property’s  fair  market  value  if  the  property  will  be  the 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
borrower’s primary residence.  The fair market value of a project is determined on the basis of an appraisal of the 
project conducted by an appraiser acceptable to the Bank.  For larger projects where unit absorption or leasing is a 
concern, the Bank may also obtain a feasibility study or other acceptable information from the borrower or other 
sources about the likely disposition of the property following the completion of construction. 

Construction  loans for nonresidential projects and multi-unit residential projects are generally larger and 
involve a greater degree of risk to the Bank than residential mortgage loans.  The Bank attempts to minimize such 
risks  (1)  by  making  construction  loans  in  accordance  with  the  Bank’s  underwriting  standards  and  to  established 
customers  in  its  primary  market  area  and  (2)  by  monitoring  the  quality,  progress  and  cost  of  construction.  
Generally,  the  maximum  loan-to-value  ratio  established  by  the  Bank  for  non-residential  projects  and  multi-unit 
residential projects is 80 percent; however, this maximum can be waived for particularly strong borrowers on an 
exception basis. 

Loans associated with construction lending are included in the real estate—construction category in Table 

8. 

Consumer Lot Lending 

Consumer  lot  loans  are  loans  made  to  individuals  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  an  unimproved  building 
site  for  the  construction  of  a  residence  that  generally  will  be  occupied  by  the  borrower.    Consumer  lot  loans  are 
made only to individual borrowers, and each borrower generally must certify to the Bank his intention to build and 
occupy a single-family residence on the lot generally within three or five years of the date of origination of the loan.  
These  loans  typically  have  a  maximum  term  of  either  three  or  five  years  with  a  balloon  payment  of  the  entire 
balance  of  the  loan  being  due  in  full  at  the  end  of  the  initial  term.    The  interest  rate  for  these  loans  is  fixed  or 
variable at a rate that is slightly higher than prevailing rates for one-to-four family residential mortgage loans.  We 
do not believe consumer lot loans bear as much risk as land acquisition and development loans because such loans 
are not made for the construction of residences for immediate resale, are not made to developers and builders, and 
are not concentrated in any one subdivision or community.  The Bank also purchases lot loans originated by C&F 
Mortgage.    These  loans  must  satisfy  the  Bank’s  underwriting  criteria,  including  loan-to-value  and  credit  score 
guidelines. 

Loans associated with consumer lot lending are included in the real estate—construction category in Table 

8. 

Commercial Real Estate Lending 

The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by the value of real property and the income 
arising  from  such  property.    The  proceeds  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  generally  used  by  the  borrower  to 
finance or refinance the cost of acquiring and/or improving a commercial property.  The properties that typically 
secure  these  loans  are  office  and  warehouse  facilities,  hotels,  retail  facilities,  restaurants  and  other  commercial 
properties.    The  Bank’s  present  policy  is  generally  to  restrict  the  making  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  to 
borrowers  who  will  occupy  or  use  the  financed  property  in  connection  with  their  normal  business  operations.  
However,  the  Bank  also  will  consider  making  commercial  real  estate  loans  under  the  following  two  conditions.  
First,  the  Bank  will  consider  making  commercial  real  estate  loans  for  other  purposes  if  the  borrower  is  in  strong 
financial condition and presents a substantial business opportunity for the Bank.  Second, the Bank will consider 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
making  commercial  real  estate  loans  to  creditworthy  borrowers  who  have  substantially  pre-leased  the 
improvements to high-caliber tenants.  

The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are usually amortized over a period of time ranging from 15 years 
to 25 years and usually have a term to maturity ranging from five years to 15 years.  These loans normally have 
provisions for interest rate adjustments after the loan is three to five years old.  The Bank’s maximum loan-to-value 
ratio for a commercial real estate loan is 80 percent; however, this maximum can be waived for particularly strong 
borrowers  on  an  exception  basis.    Most  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  further  secured  by  one  or  more 
unconditional personal guarantees. 

In recent years, the Bank has structured some of its commercial real estate loans as mini-permanent loans.  
The amortization period, term and interest rates for these loans vary based on borrower preferences and the Bank’s 
assessment  of  the  loan  and  the  degree  of  risk  involved.    If  the  borrower  prefers  a  fixed  rate  of  interest,  the  Bank 
usually offers a loan with a fixed rate of interest for a term of three to five years with an amortization period of up 
to 25 years.  The remaining balance of the loan is due and payable in a single balloon payment at the end of the 
initial term.  We believe that shorter maturities for commercial real estate loans are necessary to give the Bank some 
protection from changes in the borrower’s business and income as well as changes in general economic conditions.  
In the case of fixed-rate commercial real estate loans, shorter maturities also provide the Bank with an opportunity 
to  adjust  the  interest  rate  on  this  type  of  interest-earning  asset  in  accordance  with  the  Bank’s  asset  and  liability 
management strategies. 

Loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate  are  generally  larger  and  involve  a  greater  degree  of  risk  than 
residential mortgage loans.  Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate are usually dependent 
on successful operation or management of the properties securing such loans, repayment of such loans is subject to 
changes in both general and local economic conditions and the borrower’s business and income.  As a result, events 
beyond the control of the Bank, such as a downturn in the local economy, could adversely affect the performance of 
the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio.  The Bank seeks to minimize these risks by lending to established 
customers and generally restricting its commercial real estate loans to its primary market area.  Emphasis is placed 
on the income producing characteristics and capacity of the collateral. 

Loans  associated  with  commercial  real  estate  lending  are  included  in  the  commercial,  financial  and 

agricultural category in Table 8. 

Land Acquisition and Development Lending 

Land acquisition and development loans are made to builders and developers for the purpose of acquiring 
unimproved  land  to  be  developed  for  residential  building  sites,  residential  housing  subdivisions,  multi-family 
dwellings and a variety of commercial uses.  The Bank’s policy is to make land acquisition loans to borrowers for 
the purpose of acquiring developed lots for single-family, townhouse or condominium construction.  The Bank will 
make  both  land  acquisition  and  development  loans  to  residential  builders,  experienced  developers  and  others  in 
strong financial condition to provide additional construction and mortgage lending opportunities for the Bank. 

The Bank underwrites and processes land acquisition and development loans in much the same manner as 
commercial construction loans and commercial real estate loans.  For land acquisition and development loans, the 
Bank  uses  lower  loan-to-value  ratios,  which  are  a  maximum  of  65  percent  for  raw  land,  75  percent  for  land 
development and improved lots and 80 percent of the discounted appraised value of the property as determined in 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
accordance with the Bank’s appraisal policies for developed lots for single-family or townhouse construction.  The 
Bank can waive the maximum loan-to-value ratio for particularly strong borrowers on an exception basis.  The term 
of  land  acquisition  and  development  loans  ranges  from  a  maximum  of  two  years  for  loans  relating  to  the 
acquisition  of  unimproved  land  to,  generally,  a  maximum  of  three  years  for  other  types  of  projects.    All  land 
acquisition  and  development  loans  generally  are  further  secured  by  one  or  more  unconditional  personal 
guarantees.  Because these loans are usually in a larger amount and involve more risk than consumer lot loans, the 
Bank carefully evaluates the borrower’s assumptions and projections about market conditions and absorption rates 
in  the  community  in  which  the  property  is  located  and  the  borrower’s  ability  to  carry  the  loan  if  the  borrower’s 
assumptions prove inaccurate. 

Loans associated with land acquisition and development lending are included in the commercial, financial 

and agricultural category in Table 8. 

Commercial Business Lending 

Commercial business loan products include revolving lines of credit to provide working capital, term loans 
to  finance  the  purchase  of  vehicles  and  equipment,  letters  of  credit  to  guarantee  payment  and  performance,  and 
other commercial loans.  In general, these credit facilities carry the unconditional guaranty of the owners and/or 
stockholders. 

Revolving and operating lines of credit are typically secured by all current assets of the borrower, provide 
for  the  acceleration  of  repayment  upon  any  event  of  default,  are  monitored  monthly  or  quarterly  to  ensure 
compliance with loan covenants, and are re-underwritten or renewed annually.  Interest rates generally will float at 
a  spread  tied  to  the  Bank’s  prime  lending  rate.    Term  loans  are  generally  advanced  for  the  purchase  of,  and  are 
secured by, vehicles and equipment and are normally fully amortized over a term of two to five years, on either a 
fixed or floating rate basis. 

Loans  associated  with  commercial  business  lending  are  included  in  the  commercial,  financial  and 

agricultural category in Table 8. 

Home Equity and Second Mortgage Lending 

The Bank offers its customers home equity lines of credit and second mortgage loans that enable customers 
to  borrow  funds  secured  by  the  equity  in  their  homes.    Currently,  home  equity  lines  of  credit  are  offered  with 
adjustable rates of interest that are generally priced at a spread to the prime lending rate.  Second mortgage loans 
are  offered  with  fixed  and  adjustable  rates.    Call  option  provisions  are  included  in  the  loan  documents  for  some 
longer-term,  fixed-rate  second  mortgage  loans,  and  these  provisions  allow  the  Bank  to  make  interest  rate 
adjustments for such loans.  Second mortgage loans are granted for a fixed period of time, usually between five and 
20 years, and home equity lines of credit are made on an open-end, revolving basis.  Home equity loans, second 
mortgage loans and other consumer loans secured by a personal residence generally do not present as much risk to 
the  Bank  as  other  types  of  consumer  loans.    The  Bank  also  purchases  home  equity  lines  of  credit  and  second 
mortgage loans originated by C&F Mortgage.  These loans must satisfy the Bank’s underwriting criteria, including 
loan-to-value and credit score guidelines. 

Loans associated with home equity and second mortgage lending are included in the equity lines category 

in Table 8. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Lending 

The Bank offers a variety of consumer loans, including automobile, personal secured and unsecured, and 
loans secured by savings accounts or certificates of deposit.  The shorter terms and generally higher interest rates 
on consumer loans help the Bank maintain a profitable spread between its average loan yield and its cost of funds.  
Consumer  loans  secured  by  collateral  other  than  a  personal  residence  generally  involve  more  credit  risk  than 
residential  mortgage  loans  because  of  the  type  and  nature  of  the  collateral  or,  in  certain  cases,  the  absence  of 
collateral.    However,  the  Bank  believes  the  higher  yields  generally  earned  on  such  loans  compensate  for  the 
increased credit risk associated with such loans.   

Loans associated with consumer lending are included in the consumer category in Table 8. 

Automobile Sales Finance 

C&F Finance has an extensive automobile dealer network through which it purchases installment contracts 
throughout  its  markets.    Branch  personnel  have  a  specific  credit  authority  based  upon  their  experience  and 
historical loan portfolio results, as well as established underwriting criteria.  Although the credit approval process 
is  decentralized,  C&F  Finance’s  application  processing  system  includes  controls  designed  to  ensure  that  credit 
decisions comply with its underwriting policies and procedures. 

Finance  contract  application  packages  completed  by  prospective  borrowers  are  submitted  by  the 
automobile  dealers  electronically  through  a  third-party  online  automotive  sales  and  finance  platform  to  C&F 
Finance’s  automated  origination  and  application  scoring  system,  which  processes  the  credit  bureau  report, 
generates all relevant loan calculations and recommends the contract structure.  C&F Finance personnel with credit 
authority  review  the  system-generated  recommendations  and  determine  whether  to  approve  or  deny  the 
application.    The  credit  decision  is  based  primarily  on  the  applicant’s  credit  history  with  emphasis  on prior auto 
loan history, current employment status, income, collateral type and mileage, and the loan-to-value ratio. 

C&F Finance’s underwriting and collateral guidelines form the basis for the credit decision.  Exceptions to 
credit policies and authorities must be approved by a designated credit officer.  C&F Finance’s typical borrowers 
have experienced prior credit difficulties.  Because C&F Finance serves customers who are unable to meet the credit 
standards imposed by most traditional automobile financing sources, we expect C&F Finance to sustain a higher 
level  of  credit  losses  than  traditional  automobile  financing  sources.    However,  C&F  Finance  generally  charges 
interest at higher rates than those charged by traditional financing sources.  These higher rates should more than 
offset the increase in the provision for loan losses for this segment of the Corporation’s loan portfolio. 

Loans associated with automobile sales finance are included in the consumer finance category in Table 8. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECURITIES 

The  investment  portfolio  plays  a  primary  role  in  the  management  of  the  Corporation’s  interest  rate 
sensitivity and generates substantial interest income.  In addition, the portfolio serves as a source of liquidity and is 
used as needed to meet collateral requirements.  The investment portfolio consists of securities available for sale, 
which may be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, increases in loan 
demand, general liquidity needs and other similar factors.  These securities are carried at estimated fair value. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  composition  of  the  Corporation’s  securities  available  for  sale  in  dollar 
amounts  at  fair  value  and  as  a  percentage  of  the  Corporation’s  total  securities  available  for  sale  at  the  dates 
indicated: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

  December 31, 2008 
Amount 

Percent 

  December 31, 2007 
Amount 

Percent 

U.S. government agencies and 
  corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and 
  political subdivisions 
  Total debt securities 
Preferred stock 
  Total available for sale securities 

$  11,162 
2,318 

85,511 
  98,991 
1,612 
$ 100,603 

11% 
2 

 85 
 98 
  2 
100% 

$ 

7,467 
1,771 

68,150 
77,388 
3,867 
$  81,225 

9% 
2 

 84 
 95 
  5 
100% 

Growth  in  debt  securities  occurred  in  C&F  Bank’s  portfolio  of  guaranteed  U.S.  government  agency 
securities  and  obligations  of  states  and  political  subdivisions.    The  decline  in  preferred  stock  was  primarily 
attributable  to  the  $1.6  million  other-than-temporary  impairment  in  the  Corporation’s  holdings  of  perpetual 
preferred stock of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 10 presents additional information pertaining to the composition of the securities portfolio by 

contractual maturity. 

TABLE 10: Maturity of Securities 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. government agencies and corporations: 

Maturing within 1 year 

Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 

Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 

Maturing after 10 years 

   Total U.S. government agencies and corporations 

Mortgage backed securities: 

Maturing within 1 year 

Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 

Maturing after 10 years 

   Total mortgage backed securities 

1
States and municipals:

Maturing within 1 year 

Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 

Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 

Maturing after 10 years 

   Total states and municipals 

2
Total securities:

Maturing within 1 year 

Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 

Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 

Maturing after 10 years 

                                              Year Ended December 31,                                              

                 2008                

                   2007                   

                  2006                  

Weighted 

Weighted 

Weighted 

Amortized 

Average 

Amortized 

Average 

Amortized 

Average 

Cost 

 Yield   

Cost 

Yield  

Cost 

 Yield    

$      2,000     

5.14%    

$      250     

3.50%     

$     498     

2.97%    

--     

1,249     

7,859     

11,108     

162     

1,105     

997     

2,264     

11,106     

21,618     

36,223     

16,895     

85,842     

13,268     

22,723     

37,472     

25,751     

--       

5.73       

5.67       

5.58       

4.24       

4.53       

5.95       

5.13       

6.60       

6.09       

6.31       

6.28       

6.29       

6.35       

6.02       

6.30       

6.09       

1,998     

2,973     

2,225     

7,446     

154     

1,622     

--     

4.19        

5.61        

6.16        

5.32        

5.34        

4.64        

--        

2,747     

2,443     

625     

6,313     

38     

2,198     

--     

4.46       

5.55       

6.82       

5.00       

3.39       

4.77       

--       

1,776     

4.64        

2,236     

4.75       

4,005     

18,595     

28,167     

16,442     

67,209     

4,409     

22,215     

31,140     

18,667     

5.32        

6.24        

6.47        

6.21        

6.27        

5.21        

5.93        

6.39        

6.21        

1,213     

16,254     

24,017     

12,437     

53,921     

1,749     

21,199     

26,460     

13,062     

4.38       

6.06       

6.75       

6.41       

6.41       

3.95       

5.71       

6.64       

6.42       

   Total securities 
1 
Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis. 
2 
Total securities excludes preferred stock at amortized cost of $1.6 million at December 31, 2008; $4.0 million at December 31, 
2007; and $3.9 million at December 31, 2006 (estimated fair value of $1.6 million at December 31, 2008; $3.9 million at December 
31, 2007; and $4.1 million at December 31, 2006). 

$99,214     

$76,431     

$62,470     

6.14%     

6.18%   

6.21%    

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DEPOSITS 

The  Corporation’s  predominant  source  of  funds  is  depository  accounts,  which  are  comprised  of  demand 
deposits,  savings  and  money  market  accounts,  and  time  deposits.    The  Corporation’s  deposits  are  principally 
provided by individuals and businesses located within the communities served.  

Deposits  totaled  $550.7  million  at  December  31,  2008,  compared  to  $527.6  million  at  December  31,  2007.  
This increase occurred in lower-costing money market accounts as a result of our deposit strategies that emphasize 
retention  of  multi-service  customer  relationships,  coupled  with  depositors’  preferences  for  maintaining  flexibility 
in their investing options as the value of the stock market declined during 2008.   Brokered certificates of deposit 
increased from $3.0 million at December 31, 2007 to $10.0 million at December 31, 2008. 

Table 11 presents the average deposit balances and average rates paid for the years 2008, 2007 and 2006. 

TABLE 11: Average Deposits and Rates Paid 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  

Interest-bearing transaction accounts  

Money market deposit accounts  

Savings accounts  

Certificates of deposit, $100M or more  

Other certificates of deposit  

   Total interest-bearing deposits  

   Total deposits  

                                                           Year Ended December 31,                                                     

            2008         

                     2007              

                   2006            

Average

Balance

$  83,533 

82,560

68,406

42,445

99,726

167,849

460,986

$544,519

Average

Rate    

1.01%

2.48    

0.25    

4.10    

3.94    

2.89%

Average

Balance

$  84,365 

82,109

51,624

45,452

99,653

169,431

448,269

$532,634

Average

Rate    

Average

Average

Balance

Rate    

1.11%

2.97   

0.66   

4.73   

4.41   

3.33%

$   79,472 

87,074

44,820

49,644

79,873

152,879

414,290

$493,762

1.09%

2.20   

0.71   

3.98   

3.72   

2.69%

Table 12 details maturities of certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2008. 

TABLE 12: Maturities of Certificates of Deposit with Balances of $100,000 or More 

(Dollars in thousands) 

3 months or less 

3-6 months 

6-12 months 

Over 12 months 

   Total 

BORROWINGS 

December 31, 2008

$19,875            

14,302            

32,359            

33,175            

$99,711            

In addition to deposits, the Corporation utilizes short-term borrowings from the FHLB and the FRB to fund 
its  day-to-day  operations.    Short-term  borrowings  also  include  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase, 
which are secured transactions with customers and generally mature the day following the day sold, and overnight 
unsecured fed funds lines with correspondent banks.  Long-term borrowings consist of advances from the FHLB, 
advances  under  a  non-recourse  revolving  bank  line  of  credit  and securities sold under agreements to repurchase 
with  a  third-party  broker.    All  FHLB  advances  are  secured  by  a blanket floating lien on all qualifying real estate 
loans of C&F Bank.  All FRB advances are secured by loan-specific liens on qualifying loans of C&F Bank that are 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
not  otherwise  pledged.    The  bank  line  of  credit  is  non-recourse  and  is  secured  by  loans  at  C&F  Finance.  The 
repurchase agreement is secured by a portion of C&F Bank’s securities portfolio. 

In  December,  2007,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  II  (Trust  II),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the 
Corporation, was formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital securities for general corporate purposes 
including the refinancing of existing debt.  On December 14, 2007, Trust II issued $10.0 million of trust preferred 
capital  securities  in  a  private  placement  to  an  institutional  investor  and  $310,000  in  common  equity  to  the 
Corporation.  The principal asset of Trust II is $10.3 million of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes.  In 
July 2005, C&F Financial Statutory Trust I (Trust I), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was formed for 
the  purpose  of  issuing  trust  preferred  capital  securities  to  partially  fund  the  Corporation’s  purchase  of  427,186 
shares of its common stock.  On July 21, 2005, Trust I issued $10.0 million of trust preferred capital securities in a 
private  placement  to  an  institutional  investor  and  $310,000  in  common  equity  to  the  Corporation.    The  principal 
asset  of  Trust  I  is  $10.3  million  of  the  Corporation’s  trust  preferred  capital  notes.    For  further  information 
concerning the Corporation’s borrowings, refer to Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under 
the heading “Note 7:  Borrowings.” 

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

To meet the financing needs of customers, the Corporation is a party, in the normal course of business, to 
financial  instruments  with  off-balance-sheet  risk.    These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend 
credit, commitments to sell loans and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve elements of credit and 
interest rate risk in addition to the amount on the balance sheet.  The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the 
event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for  commitments  to  extend  credit  and 
standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments.  We use the same 
credit  policies  in  making  these  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  we  do  for  on-balance-sheet 
instruments.  We obtain collateral based on our credit assessment of the customer in each circumstance. 

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of 
the terms of the contract prior to funding.  Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses 
and  may  require  payment  of  a  fee  by  the  customer.    Since  many  of  the  commitments  may  expire  without  being 
completely  drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.  
The  total  amount  of  unused  loan  commitments  was  $75.0  million  at  December  31,  2008  and  $98.0  million  at 
December 31, 2007. 

Standby  letters  of  credit  are  written  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Bank  to  guarantee  the 
performance  of  a  customer  to  a  third  party.    The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is  essentially  the 
same  as  that  involved  in  extending  loans  to  customers.    The  total  contract  amount  of  standby  letters  of  credit, 
whose contract amounts represent credit risk, was $7.8 million at December 31, 2008 and $7.1 million at December 
31, 2007. 

At December 31, 2008, C&F Mortgage had rate lock commitments to originate mortgage loans aggregating 
$48.1 million and loans held for sale of $37.0 million.  C&F Mortgage has entered into corresponding commitments 
with  third  party  investors  to  sell  loans  of  approximately  $85.1  million.    Under  the  contractual  relationship  with 
these investors, C&F Mortgage is obligated to sell the loans only if the loans close.  No other obligation exists.  As a 
result  of  these  contractual  relationships  with  these  investors,  C&F  Mortgage  is  not  exposed  to  losses,  nor  will  it 
realize gains, related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates.   

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party investors, 
some  of  whom  require  the  repurchase  of  loans  in  the  event  of  early  default  or  faulty  documentation.    Mortgage 
loans  and  their  related  servicing  rights  are  sold  under  agreements  that  define  certain  eligibility  criteria  for  the 
mortgage loans.  Recourse periods vary from 90 days up to one year and conditions for repurchase vary with the 
investor.  We include recourse considerations in our calculation of the Corporation’s capital adequacy.  Payments 
made under these recourse provisions were $600,000 in 2008, $84,000 in 2007 and $62,000 in 2006.  Risks also arise 
from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts.  C&F Mortgage has procedures in 
place  to  evaluate  the  credit  risk  of  investors  and  does  not  enter  transactions  with  counterparties  that  it  feels  are 
likely to fail to meet its obligations. 

LIQUIDITY 

The objective of the Corporation’s liquidity management is to ensure the continuous availability of funds to 
satisfy the credit needs of our customers and the demands of our depositors, creditors and investors.  Stable core 
deposits  and  a  strong  capital  position  are  the  components  of  a  solid  foundation  for  the  Corporation’s  liquidity 
position.    Additional  sources  of  liquidity  available  to  the  Corporation  include  cash  flows  from  operations,  loan 
payments and payoffs, deposit growth, sales of securities, the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit and the 
capacity to borrow additional funds. 

Liquid  assets,  which  include  cash  and  due  from  banks,  interest-bearing  deposits  at  other  banks,  federal 
funds  sold  and  nonpledged  securities  available  for  sale,  totaled  $69.7  million  at  December  31,  2008.    The 
Corporation’s  funding  sources  consist  of  (1)  federal  funds  lines  with  correspondent  banks  totaling  $24.0  million 
that  had  no  outstanding  balance  as  of  December  31,  2008,  (2)  a  $135.6  million  line  with  the  FHLB  that  had  $86.3 
million outstanding as of December 31, 2008, (3) a $120.0 million revolving line of credit with a third-party bank 
that had $85.3 million outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and (4) a $56.4 million line with the FRB that had $15.0 
million  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2008.    We  have  no  reason  to  believe  these  arrangements  will  not  be 
renewed at maturity. 

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more maturing in less than a year totaled $66.5 million at December 
31,  2008;  certificates  of  deposit  of  $100,000  or  more  maturing  in  more  than  one  year  totaled  $33.2  million.    The 
following table presents the Corporation’s contractual obligations and scheduled payment amounts due at various 
intervals over the next five years and beyond as of December 31, 2008: 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Payments Due by Period 

Bank lines of credit 
FHLB advances1 
FRB borrowings 
Trust preferred 
capital notes 

Securities sold under 

agreements to 
repurchase 
Operating leases 

Total 

Less than 1 Year 

1-3 Years 

3-5 Years 

More than 5 Years 

     $  85,316  
         86,300 
         15,000 

       $        -- 
         33,800 
         15,000 

       $       -- 
                -- 
                -- 

    $ 85,316 
       17,500 
               -- 

        $         -- 
          35,000 
                   -- 

         20,620 

                 -- 

                -- 

               -- 

          20,620 

         12,224 
           3,127 

           7,224 
           1,046 

                -- 
          1,637 

               -- 
            411 

            5,000 
                 33 

        $1,637 

     $222,587 

       $57,070 

Total 
1FHLB advances include convertible advances of $17.5 million maturing in 2012, $12.5 million maturing in 2014, $17.5 million 
maturing in 2017 and $5.0 million maturing in 2018.  These advances have fixed rates of interest unless the FHLB exercises its 
option  to  convert  the  interest  on  these  advances  from  fixed-rate  to  variable-rate  (i.e.,  the  conversion  date).    We  can  elect  to 
repay  the  advances  in  whole  or  in  part  on  their  respective  conversion  dates  and  on  any  interest  payment  dates  thereafter 
without  the  payment  of  a  fee  if  the  FHLB  elects  to  convert  the  advances.    However,  we  would  incur  a  fee  if  we  repay  the 
advances prior to their respective conversion dates, if the FHLB does not convert the advance on the conversion date, or, after 
notification  of  conversion,  on  any  date  other  than  the  conversion  date  or  any  interest  payment  date  thereafter.    For  further 
information concerning the Corporation’s FHLB borrowings, refer to Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” 
under the heading “Note 7:  Borrowings.” 

        $60,653 

   $103,227 

As a result of the Corporation’s management of liquid assets and the ability to generate liquidity through 
liability  funding,  we  believe  that  we  maintain  overall  liquidity  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  Corporation’s  operational 
requirements and contractual obligations. 

CAPITAL RESOURCES 

The  assessment  of  capital  adequacy  depends  on  such  factors  as  asset  quality,  liquidity,  earnings 
performance, and changing competitive conditions and economic forces.  We regularly review the adequacy of the 
Corporation’s capital.  We maintain a structure that will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated 
asset growth and to absorb potential losses.  

During 2008, the Corporation purchased 1,600 shares of its common stock in open-market transactions at 
prices ranging between $20.49 and $31.06 per share in accordance with a board-approved stock purchase program 
that  will  expire  in  July  2009.    The  board  of  directors  authorized  these  stock  purchases  because  the  Corporation’s 
capital level exceeded its ongoing operational needs and regulatory requirements.  While we will continue to look 
for opportunities to invest capital in profitable growth, share purchases are another tool that facilitates improving 
shareholder return, as measured by ROE and earnings per share.  However, in connection with the Corporation’s 
participation  in  the  Capital  Purchase  Program,  as  previously  described,  certain  limitations  on  the  Corporation’s 
ability to repurchase its common stock have been imposed.  For more information on these restrictions, see Item 8, 
“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 19:  Subsequent Event.”. 

The  Corporation’s  capital  position  continues  to  exceed  regulatory  minimum  requirements.    The  primary 
indicators  relied  on  by  bank  regulators  in  measuring  the  capital  position  are  the  Tier  1  capital,  total  risk-based 
capital,  and  leverage  ratios,  as  previously  described  in  the  “Regulation  and  Supervision”  section  of  Item  1.    The 
Corporation’s Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset ratio was 10.8 percent at December 31, 2008, compared with 11.2 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
percent at December 31, 2007.  The total capital to risk-weighted asset ratio was 12.3 percent at December 31, 2008, 
compared with 12.8 percent at December 31, 2007.  The Tier 1 leverage ratio was 8.9 percent at December 31, 2008, 
compared  with  9.4  percent  at  December  31,  2007.    These  ratios  are  in  excess  of  the  mandated  minimum 
requirements.  A portion of the trust preferred securities issued in December 2007 and July 2005 are treated as Tier 
1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes.  These ratios do not include the $20.0 million of 
Series A Preferred Stock sold to the Treasury under its Capital Purchase Program, which will be treated as Tier 1 
capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes, because the transaction closed on January 9, 2009. 

Shareholders’  equity  was  $64.9  million  at  year-end  2008  compared  with  $65.2  million  at  year-end  2007.  
During  2008,  the  Corporation  maintained  dividends  declared  at  the  2007  level  of  $1.24  per  share.    The  dividend 
payout ratio was 89.8 percent in 2008, 44.5 percent in 2007 and 30.2 percent in 2006. 

We  are  not  aware  of  any  current  recommendations  by  any  regulatory  authorities  that,  if  implemented, 

would have a material effect on the Corporation’s liquidity, capital resources or results of operations. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Recent  accounting  pronouncements  affecting  the  Corporation  are  described  in  Item  8,  “Financial 
Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,”  under  the  heading  “Note  1:    Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies-
Recent Accounting Pronouncements.” 

EFFECTS OF INFLATION  

The effect of changing prices is typically different for financial institutions than for other entities because a 
financial  institution’s  assets  and  liabilities  are  monetary  in  nature.    Interest  rates  are  significantly  impacted  by 
inflation,  but  neither  the  timing  nor  the  magnitude  of  the  changes  is  directly  related  to  price-level  indices.    The 
consolidated financial statements reflect the impacts of inflation on interest rates, loan demands and deposits.  

USE OF CERTAIN NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES 

In addition to results presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles 
(GAAP), we have presented certain non-GAAP financial measures for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2006 
throughout this Form 10-K, which are reconciled to GAAP financial measures below.  We believe these non-GAAP 
financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding the Corporation’s performance trends 
and  facilitate  comparisons  with  its  peers.    Specifically,  we  believe  the  exclusion  from  net  income  of  significant 
impairment  charges,  net  of  tax  benefit,  recognized  in  2008  and  a  significant  recovery  of  income  attributable  to  a 
single loan transaction recognized in 2006 permit a comparison of results for ongoing business operations, and it is 
on  this  basis  that  we  internally  assess  the  Corporation’s  performance  and  establish  goals  for  future  periods.  
Although  we  believe  the  non-GAAP  financial  measures  presented  in  this  Form  10-K  enhance  investors’ 
understandings  of  the  Corporation’s  performance,  these non-GAAP  financial  measures  should  not  be  considered 
an alternative to GAAP financial measures. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data) 

  * 

For the Year Ended December 31, 
2007 

2008 

2006 

Net Income and Earnings Per Share 
  Net income (GAAP) 
  Other-than-temporary impairment on Fannie Mae and 

  Freddie Mac preferred stock, net of income tax 
  benefit (GAAP) 

  Nonaccrual and default interest attributable to loan 

transaction, net of income taxes (GAAP) 

  Reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to loan 

transaction, net of income taxes (GAAP) 

  Net income, excluding other-than-temporary impairment on 

  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock and nonaccrual 
  and default interest and reduction in loan loss allowance 
  attributable to loan transaction 

  Weighted average shares – assuming dilution (GAAP) 
  Weighted average shares – basic (GAAP) 
  Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

  GAAP 
  Excluding other-than-temporary impairment on 

  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock and 
  nonaccrual and default interest and reduction in loan 

loss allowance attributable to loan transaction 

  Earnings per share – basic 

  GAAP 
  Excluding other-than-temporary impairment on 

  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock and 
  nonaccrual and default interest and reduction in loan 

A 

$4,181 

$8,480 

$12,129 

976 

- 

- 

- 

(565) 

(163) 

- 

- 

B 
C 
D 

$5,157 
3,021 
2,988 

$8,480 
3,161 
3,039 

$11,401 
3,273 
3,152 

A/C 

$1.38 

$2.68 

$3.71 

B/C 

A/D 

$1.71 

$2.68 

$3.48 

$1.40 

$2.79 

$3.85 

loss allowance attributable to loan transaction 

B/D 

$1.73 

$2.79 

$3.62 

Return on Average Assets 
  Average assets (GAAP) 
  Return on average assets 

  GAAP 
  Excluding other-than-temporary impairment on 

  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock and 
  nonaccrual and default interest and reduction in loan 

E 

$819,999 

$748,394  $694,315 

A/E 

0.51% 

1.13% 

1.75% 

loss allowance attributable to loan transaction 

B/E 

0.63% 

1.13% 

1.64% 

Return on Average Equity 
  Average equity (GAAP) 
  Return on average equity 

  GAAP 
  Excluding other-than-temporary impairment on 

  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock and 
  nonaccrual and default interest and reduction in loan 

F 

$65,402 

$65,070 

$63,949 

A/F 

6.39% 

13.03% 

18.97% 

loss allowance attributable to loan transaction 

B/F 

7.89% 

13.03% 

17.83% 

*  The  letters  included  in  this  column  are  provided  to  show  how  the  various  ratios  presented  in  the  Reconciliation  of  Certain 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures are calculated. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A. 

 QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The  Corporation’s  primary  component  of  market  risk  is  interest  rate  volatility.    Fluctuations  in  interest 
rates  will  impact  the  amount  of  interest  income  and  expense  the  Corporation  receives  or  pays  on  a  significant 
portion of its assets and liabilities and the market value of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, 
excluding  those  which  have  a  very  short  term  until  maturity.    The  Corporation  does  not  subject  itself  to  foreign 
currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risk due to the current nature of its operations.  The Corporation 
did  not  have  any  outstanding  hedging  transactions,  such  as  interest  rate  swaps,  floors  or  caps,  at  December  31, 
2008.  

The primary objective of the Corporation’s asset/liability management process is to maximize current and 
future  net  interest  income  within  acceptable  levels  of  interest  rate  risk  while  satisfying  liquidity  and  capital 
requirements. Management recognizes that a certain amount of interest rate risk is inherent and appropriate.  Thus 
the goal of interest rate risk management is to maintain a balance between risk and reward such that net interest 
income is maximized while risk is maintained at an acceptable level. 

The Corporation assumes interest rate risk as a result of its normal operations.  The fair values of most of 
the  Corporation’s  financial  instruments  will  change  when  interest  rates  change  and  that  change  may  be  either 
favorable  or  unfavorable  to  the  Corporation.    Management  attempts  to  match  maturities  and  repricing  dates  of 
assets  and  liabilities  to  the  extent  believed  necessary  to  balance  minimizing  interest  rate  risk  and  increasing  net 
interest  income  in  current  market  conditions.    However,  borrowers  with  fixed  rate  obligations  are  less  likely  to 
prepay  in  a  rising  rate  environment  and  more  likely  to  prepay  in  a  falling  rate  environment.    Conversely, 
depositors  who  are  receiving  fixed  rates  are  more  likely  to  withdraw  funds  before  maturity  in  a  rising  rate 
environment  and  less  likely  to  do  so  in  a  falling  rate  environment.    Management  monitors  rates,  maturities  and 
repricing dates of assets and liabilities and attempts to manage interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans, 
deposits and borrowings and by investing in securities with terms that manage the Corporation’s overall interest 
rate risk. 

We use simulation analysis to assess earnings at risk and economic value of equity (EVE) analysis to assess 
economic value at risk.  These methods allow management to regularly monitor both the direction and magnitude 
of  the  Corporation’s  interest  rate  risk  exposure.    These  modeling  techniques  involve  assumptions  and  estimates 
that  inherently  cannot  be  measured  with  complete  precision.    Key  assumptions  in  the  analyses  include  maturity 
and  repricing  characteristics  of  both  assets  and  liabilities,  prepayments  on  amortizing  assets,  other  embedded 
options, non-maturity deposit sensitivity and loan and deposit pricing.  These assumptions are inherently uncertain 
due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of rate changes and changes in market conditions and management 
strategies, among other factors.  However, the analyses are useful in quantifying risk and provide a relative gauge 
of the Corporation’s interest rate risk position over time.  

Simulation  analysis  evaluates  the  potential  effect  of  upward  and  downward  changes  in  market  interest 
rates  on  future  net  interest  income.    The  analysis  involves  changing  the  interest  rates  used  in  determining  net 
interest income over the next twelve months.  The resulting percentage change in net interest income in various rate 
scenarios is an indication of the Corporation’s shorter-term interest rate risk.  The analysis utilizes a “static” balance 
sheet  approach,  which  assumes  changes  in  interest  rates  without  any  management  response  to  change  the 
composition  of  the  balance  sheet.    The  measurement  date  balance  sheet  composition  is  maintained  over  the 
simulation time period with maturing and repayment dollars being rolled back into like instruments for new terms 
at current market rates.  Additional assumptions are applied to modify volumes and pricing under the various rate 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
scenarios.    These  include  prepayment  assumptions  on  mortgage  assets,  the  sensitivity  of  non-maturity  deposit 
rates, and other factors that management deems significant. 

The simulation analysis results are presented in the table below.  These results, based on a measurement 
date  balance  sheet  as  of  December  31,  2008,  indicate  that  the  Corporation  would  expect  net  interest  income  to 
decrease over the next twelve months 1.24 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates 
of 200 basis points (BP) and to decrease 3.16 percent if rates shifted upward in the same manner. 

1-Year Net Interest Income Simulation (dollars in thousands) 

Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift 

-200 BP shock 
+200 BP shock 

Hypothetical Change in Net 
Interest Income for the Year Ended 
December 31, 2008 

Dollars 
($566) 
($1,439) 

Percentage 
(1.24%) 
(3.16%) 

The  EVE  analysis  provides  information  on  the  risk  inherent  in  the  balance  sheet  that  might  not  be  taken 
into  account  in  the  simulation  analysis  due  to  the  shorter  time  horizon  used  in  that  analysis.    The  EVE  of  the 
balance sheet is defined as the discounted present value of expected asset cash flows minus the discounted present 
value of the expected liability cash flows.  The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining the 
expected  cash  flows  and  in  discounting  the  cash  flows.    The  resulting  percentage  change  in  net  present  value  in 
various rate scenarios is an indication of the longer term repricing risk and options embedded in the balance sheet. 

The EVE analysis results are presented in the table below.  These results as of December 31, 2008 indicate 
that the EVE would increase 6.97 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates of 200 BP 
and would decrease 18.13 percent if rates shifted upward in the same manner.  

Static EVE Change (dollars in thousands) 

Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift 

-200 BP shock 
+200 BP shock 

Hypothetical Change in EVE 
Dollars 
Percentage 
$5,641 
($14,678) 

6.97% 
(18.13%) 

In  the  analyses  above,  net  interest  income  and  the  EVE  decline  in  an  immediate  upward  shift  in  interest 
rates.  However, net interest income declines while the EVE increases in an immediate downward shift in interest 
rates.    In  a  rising  rate  environment,  the  Corporation’s  assets  would  take  longer  to  reprice  than  what  the 
Corporation  pays  on  its  borrowings  and  deposits  primarily  due  to  the  longer  maturity  or  repricing  dates  of  its 
investment and loan portfolios, time deposits and borrowings.  However, in a falling rate environment the analyses 
assume that adjustable-rate assets will continue to reprice downward, subject to floors on certain loans, and fixed-
rate assets with prepayment or callable options will reprice at lower rates while certain deposits cannot reprice any 
lower. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At C&F Mortgage, we enter into commitments to originate residential mortgage loans whereby the interest 
rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (i.e., rate lock commitments).  The period of time between issuance 
of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 15 days to 90 days. The Corporation 
protects itself from changes in interest rates by entering into loan purchase agreements with third party investors 
that  provide  for  the  investor  to  purchase  loans  at  the  same  terms  (including  interest  rate)  as  committed  to  the 
borrower.  Under the contractual relationship with the purchaser of each loan, the Corporation is obligated to sell 
the  loan  to  the  purchaser  only  if  the  loan  closes.    No  other  obligation  exists.    As  a  result  of  these  contractual 
relationships with purchasers of loans, the Corporation is not exposed to losses nor will it realize gains related to its 
rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates.  

We  believe  that  our  current  interest  rate  exposure  is  manageable  and  does  not  indicate  any  significant 

exposure to interest rate changes. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share amounts) 

Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 
Federal funds sold 

  Total cash and cash equivalents 

Securities—available for sale at fair value, amortized cost of 
  $100,778 and $80,425, respectively 
Loans held for sale, net 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $19,806 and $15,963, 

respectively 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
Corporate premises and equipment, net 
Other real estate owned 
Accrued interest receivable 
Goodwill 
Other assets 

  Total assets 

Liabilities 
Deposits 
  Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
  Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits 
  Time deposits 

  Total deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Long-term borrowings 
Trust preferred capital notes 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

  Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingent liabilities 

Shareholders’ Equity 
Preferred stock ($1.00 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized) 
Common stock ($1.00 par value, 8,000,000 shares authorized, 
  3,037,441 and 3,019,591 shares issued and outstanding, respectively) 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net 

  Total shareholders’ equity 
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

57 

             December 31,        
     2008 

     2007 

$   9,727 
161 
— 
9,888 

100,603 
37,042 

633,017 
5,284 
31,131 
1,967 
5,096 
10,724 
20,905 
$ 855,657 

$   77,634 
204,193 
268,898 
550,725 
56,024 
142,816 
20,620 
1,921 
18,694 
790,800 

— 

— 

2,992 
551 
62,361 
(1,047)
64,857 
$ 855,657 

$   11,115
319
829
12,263

81,255
34,083

585,881
4,387
32,854
— 
5,069
10,724
19,080
$ 785,596

$   80,002 
184,620
262,949
527,571
21,968
133,459
20,620
2,115
14,639
720,372

— 

— 

2,979
— 
62,048
197
65,224
$ 785,596

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

                 Year Ended December 31,         
        2007 

            2006 

     2008 

Interest income 

Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on money market investments 
Interest and dividends on securities 
  U.S. government agencies and corporations 
  Tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions 
  Corporate bonds and other 
  Total interest income 

Interest expense 
  Savings and interest-bearing deposits 
  Certificates of deposit, $100M or more 
  Other time deposits 
  Borrowings 
  Trust preferred capital notes 
  Total interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

  Net interest income after provision for loan losses  

Noninterest income 
  Gains on sales of loans 
  Service charges on deposit accounts 
  Other service charges and fees 
  Net gains on calls and sales of available for sale securities 
  Other-than-temporary impairment of available for sale securities 
  Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

Noninterest expenses 
  Salaries and employee benefits 
  Occupancy expenses 
  Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expenses 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Earnings per common share—basic 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 

$59,853 
28 

$ 60,938
443

$ 55,112
454

542 
3,192 
515 
64,130 

2,638 
4,088 
6,614 
6,749 
1,306 
21,395 
42,735 
13,766 
28,969 

16,693 
3,907 
3,721 
234 
(1,575)
2,169 
25,149 

27,724 
6,031 
15,565 
49,320 
4,798 
617 
$  4,181 
$    1.40 
$    1.38 

296
2,608
540
64,825

2,747
4,714
7,469
7,724
724
23,378
41,447
7,130
34,317

15,833
3,684
4,020
21
—
2,320
25,878

30,787
6,058
11,526
48,371
11,824
3,344
$  8,480
$    2.79
$    2.68

255
2,335
426
58,582

2,287
3,176
5,690
6,640
664
18,457
40,125
4,625
35,500

17,098
3,471
5,101
105
—
1,612
27,387

29,007
5,087
11,234
45,328
17,559
5,430
$  12,129
$      3.85
$      3.71 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Balance December 31, 2005 
Purchase of common stock 
Stock options exercised 
Share-based compensation 
Comprehensive income 
  Net income 
  Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

  Unrealized holding losses on securities, net of 

reclassification adjustment 

Comprehensive income 
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158, net of tax 
Cash dividends ($1.16 per share) 
Balance December 31, 2006 
Purchase of common stock 
Stock options exercised 
Share-based  compensation 
Comprehensive income 
  Net income 
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 
  Changes in defined benefit plan assets and 

benefit obligations, net of tax 

  Unrealized holding losses on securities, net of 

reclassification adjustment 

Comprehensive income 
Cash dividends ($1.24 per share) 
Balance December 31, 2007 

Purchase of common stock 
Stock options exercised 
Share-based  compensation 
Comprehensive income 
  Net income 
  Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

  Changes in defined benefit plan assets and 

benefit obligations, net of tax 

  Unrealized holding losses on securities, net of 

reclassification adjustment 

Comprehensive income 
Reduction due to change in pension measurement date 
Cash dividends ($1.24 per share) 
Balance December 31, 2008 

  Comprehensive 
  Income  

  Retained 
  Earnings  

  Accumulated 
  Other 
  Comprehensive 
  Income (Loss)  

$55,930     

$    832          

  Common 
  Stock  

$3,141     
(14)    
32     

  Additional 
  Paid-In 
  Capital  

$    183      
(504)     
548      
97      

$12,129      

 12,129     

Total  
$60,086      
 (518)     
580      
97      

12,129      

3,159     
(204)    
24     

324     
(1,166)    
543     
299     

2,979     

(1)    
14     

     —    
(39)    
252     
338     

        (67)     
$12,062      

(67)         

(67)     

(644)         

121          

(3,657)    
64,402     
(7,065)    

$  8,480      

8,480     

(644)     
(3,657)     
68,006      
 (8,435)     
567      
299      

 8,480      

301      

      (225)     
$  8,556      

301          

301      

(225)         

(225)     

(3,769)    
62,048     

197          

$  4,181      

4,181    

(3,769)     
65,224      

(40)     
266      
338      

4,181     

(591)     

      (653)     
$  2,937      

(591)         

(591)     

(653)         

(653)     

(114)    
(3,754)    
$62,361     

(114)     
(3,754)     
$64,857      

$ (1,047)         

$2,992     

$     551    

Disclosure of reclassification amount for the year ended December 31:  

Unrealized net holding (losses) gains arising during period 
Less:  reclassification adjustment for net (losses) gains included in net income 
Net unrealized losses on securities 

        2008 
$  (1,538)    
       (885)    
$     (653)    

    2007 
$   (211)    
         14     
$   (225)    

 2006 
$         1          
         68          
$     (67)         

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(Dollars in thousands) 

                   Year Ended December 31,             
        2007 

        2006 

        2008 

Operating activities: 
  Net income 
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

  operating activities: 
  Depreciation 
  Deferred income taxes 
  Provision for loan losses 
  Share-based compensation 
  Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums 

  on securities, net 

  Net realized gain on securities 
  Other-than-temporary impairment of securities 
  Origination of loans held for sale 
  Sale of loans 
  Change in other assets and liabilities: 

  Accrued interest receivable 
  Other assets 
  Accrued interest payable 
  Other liabilities 

  Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities: 
  Proceeds from maturities, calls and sales of securities available for sale 
  Purchase of securities available for sale 
  Net purchases of FHLB stock 
Investment in statutory trust 
  Net increase in customer loans 
  Purchases of corporate premises and equipment 
  Disposals of corporate premises and equipment 

  Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities: 
  Net increase (decrease) in demand, interest-bearing demand 

$    4,181    

$    8,480    

$    12,129    

2,381    
(2,672)   
13,766    
338    

2,563    
(1,112)   
7,130    
299    

2,007    
(970)   
4,625    
97    

 55    
 (234)   
1,575    
(749,177)   
 746,218    

 50    
 (21)   
—    
(828,379)   
 847,800    

 35    
 (105)   
 —   
(944,300)   
 930,473    

 (27)   
2,931    
 (194)   
2,912    
22,053    

18,516    
(40,265)   
(897)   
—    
(64,163)   
(728)   
70    
 (87,467)   

 (637)   
(1,106)   
 200    
(1,554)   
33,713    

6,189    
(20,235)   
(2,294)   
(310)   
(75,168)   
(2,251)   
23    
 (94,046)   

 (768)   
(2,580)   
 609    
3,843    
5,095    

7,671    
(9,987)   
(217)   
—   
(57,429)   
(6,120)   
71    
 (66,011)   

  and savings deposits 

  Net increase in time deposits 
  Net increase in borrowings 

Issuance of trust preferred capital notes 

  Purchases of common stock 
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
  Cash dividends 

  Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
Supplemental disclosure 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

17,205    
5,949    
43,413    
—    
(40)   
266    
(3,754)   
63,039    
  (2,375)   
12,263    

4,565    
32,832    
12,742    
--    
(518)   
580    
(3,657)   
46,544    
  (14,372)   
42,878    
$     9,888     $     12,263     $     28,506    

(14,088)   
8,824    
50,681    
10,310    
(8,435)   
567    
(3,769)   
44,090    
  (16,243)   
28,506    

$   21,589     $     23,178     $     17,848    
5,935    

3,116    

4,087    

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities 
  Unrealized (losses) on securities available for sale 
  Loans transferred to other real estate owned 
  Pension adjustment 

$    (1,005)   
(3,261)   
(909)   

$        (347)   
--    
463    

$        (103)   
--    
(990)   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTE 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation:  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  C&F 
Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Citizens and Farmers Bank.  All significant intercompany 
accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.    In  addition,  C&F  Financial  Corporation  owns 
C&F Financial Statutory Trust I and C&F Financial Statutory Trust II, which are unconsolidated subsidiaries.  The 
subordinated debt owed to these trusts is reported as a liability of the Corporation.  The accounting and reporting 
policies of C&F Financial Corporation and subsidiary (the Corporation) conform to accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America and to predominant practices within the banking industry. 

Nature of Operations: C&F Financial Corporation is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the 
Commonwealth  of  Virginia.    The  Corporation  owns  all  of  the  stock  of  its  subsidiary,  Citizens  and  Farmers  Bank 
(the Bank), which is an independent commercial bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.  
The Bank and its subsidiaries offer a wide range of banking and related financial services to both individuals and 
businesses.   

The Bank has five wholly-owned subsidiaries:  C&F Mortgage Corporation and Subsidiaries (C&F Mortgage), C&F 
Finance  Company  (C&F  Finance),  C&F  Title  Agency,  Inc.,  C&F  Investment  Services,  Inc.  and  C&F  Insurance 
Services,  Inc.,  all  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia.    C&F  Mortgage,  organized  in 
September  1995,  was  formed  to  originate  and  sell  residential  mortgages  and through its subsidiaries, Hometown 
Settlement Services LLC, Certified Appraisals LLC, and C&F Reinsurance LTD, provides ancillary mortgage loan 
production services, such as loan settlements, title searches and residential appraisals.  C&F Finance, acquired on 
September  1,  2002,  is  a  regional  finance  company  providing  automobile  loans  principally  in  Virginia,  Tennessee, 
Maryland,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Kentucky,  Indiana  and  West  Virginia.    C&F  Title  Agency,  Inc.,  organized  in 
October 1992, primarily sells title insurance to the mortgage loan customers of the Bank and C&F Mortgage.  C&F 
Investment Services, Inc., organized in April 1995, is a full-service brokerage firm offering a comprehensive range 
of  investment  services.    C&F  Insurance  Services,  Inc.,  organized  in  July  1999,  owns  an  equity  interest  in  an 
insurance  agency  that  sells  insurance  products  to  customers  of  the  Bank,  C&F  Mortgage  and  other  financial 
institutions that have an equity interest in the agency.  Business segment data is presented in Note 16. 

Use  of  Estimates:  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the 
financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.    Actual 
results could differ from those estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change 
in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the projected benefit obligation under 
the defined benefit pension plan, the valuation of deferred taxes and goodwill impairment. 

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk:  Substantially all of the Corporation’s lending activities are with 
customers  located  in  Virginia,  Maryland  and  portions  of  Tennessee.    Note  3  discusses  the  Corporation’s  lending 
activities.    The  Corporation  invests  in  a  variety  of  securities,  principally  obligations  of  U.S.  government  agencies 
and obligations of states and political subdivisions.  Note 2 presents the Corporation’s investment activities.  The 
Corporation does not have any significant concentrations in any one industry or to any one customer. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents 
include  cash,  balances  due  from  banks,  interest-bearing  deposits  in  banks  and  federal  funds  sold,  all  of  which 
mature within 90 days. 

Securities: Investments in debt and equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as either 
held to maturity, available for sale, or trading, based on management’s intent.  Currently all of the Corporation’s 
investment securities are classified as available for sale.  Available for sale securities are carried at estimated fair 
value  with  the  corresponding  unrealized  gains  and  losses  excluded  from  earnings  and  reported  in  other 
comprehensive income.  Gains or losses are recognized in earnings on the trade date using the amortized cost of the 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
specific  security  sold.    Purchase  premiums  and  discounts  are  recognized  in  interest  income  using  the  interest 
method over the terms of the securities. 

Impairment of investment securities results in a write-down that must be included in net income when a market 
decline below cost is other-than-temporary.  We regularly review each investment security for impairment based 
on  criteria  that  include  the  extent  to  which  cost  exceeds  market  price,  the  duration  of  that  market  decline,  the 
financial  health  of  and  specific  prospects  for  the  issuer  and  our  ability  and  intention  with  regard  to  holding  the 
security to maturity or for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. 

Loans Held for Sale: Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, determined in the 
aggregate. 
  Fair  value  considers  commitment  agreements  with  investors  and  prevailing  market  prices.  
Substantially all loans originated by C&F Mortgage are held for sale to outside investors. 

Loans: The Corporation makes mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers.  Loans that management 
has  the  intent  and  ability  to  hold  for  the  foreseeable  future  or  until  maturity  or pay-off generally are reported at 
their  unpaid  principal  balances  adjusted  for  charges-offs,  unearned  discounts,  any  deferred  fees  or  costs  on 
originated  loans,  and  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.    Interest  on  loans  is  credited  to  operations  based  on  the 
principal amount outstanding.  Loan fees and origination costs are deferred and the net amount is amortized as an 
adjustment of the related loan’s yield using the level-yield method.  The Corporation is amortizing these amounts 
over the contractual life of the related loans. 

Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past 
due, or earlier, if collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the collateral and the 
financial  strength  of  the  borrower.    Loans  greater  than  90  days  past  due  may  remain  on  accrual  status  if 
management  determines  it  has  adequate  collateral  to  cover  the  principal  and  interest.    For  those  loans  that  are 
carried on nonaccrual status, payments are first applied to principal outstanding. 

The  Corporation  considers  a  loan  impaired  when  it  is  probable  that  the  Corporation  will  be  unable  to  collect  all 
interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  A loan is not considered impaired during a 
period of delay in payment if the ultimate collectibility of all amounts due is expected.  Impairment is measured on 
a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if 
the loan is collateral dependent.  Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for 
impairment.  Accordingly, the Corporation does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans 
for impairment disclosures.  Consistent with the Corporation’s method for nonaccrual loans, payments on impaired 
loans are first applied to principal outstanding. 

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of 
a  provision  for  loan  losses.    Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  when  management 
believes  that  the  collectibility  of  the  principal  is  unlikely.    Subsequent  recoveries,  if  any,  are  credited  to  the 
allowance. 

The  allowance  represents  an  amount  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  will  be  adequate  to  absorb  any  losses  on 
existing loans that may become uncollectible.  Management’s judgment in determining the level of the allowance is 
based  on  evaluations  of  the  collectibility  of  loans  while  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as  changes  in  the 
nature  and  volume  of  the  loan  portfolio,  current  economic  conditions  which  may  affect  a  borrower’s  ability  to 
repay, overall portfolio quality and review of specific potential losses.  This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it 
requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. 

The  allowance  consists  of  specific  and  general  components.    The  specific  component  relates  to  loans  that  are 
classified as loss, doubtful, substandard or special mention.  For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an 
allowance  is  established  when  the  discounted  cash  flows  (or  collateral  value  or  observable  market  price)  of  the 
impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  The general component covers non-classified loans and 
is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments:  In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation has 
entered into commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded 
when they are funded. 

Rate  Lock  Commitments:    The  Corporation  enters  into  commitments  to  originate  residential  mortgage  loans 
whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (i.e., rate lock commitments).  The period of 
time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 15 to 90 days.  
The Corporation protects itself from changes in interest rates by entering into loan purchase agreements with third 
party  investors  that  provide  for  the  investor  to  purchase  loans  at  the  same  terms  (including  interest  rate)  as 
committed to the borrower.  Under the contractual relationship with the purchaser of each loan, the Corporation is 
obligated to sell the loan to the purchaser only if the loan closes.  No other obligation exists.  As a result of these 
contractual relationships with purchasers of loans, the Corporation is not exposed to losses nor will it realize gains 
related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. 

Allowance for Indemnifications:  The allowance for indemnifications is established through charges to earnings in 
the  form  of  a  provision  for  indemnifications,  which  is  included  in  other  noninterest  expenses.    A  loss  is  charged 
against the allowance for indemnifications when a purchaser of a loan (investor) sold by C&F Mortgage incurs a 
loss due to borrower misrepresentation or early default. 

The allowance represents an amount that, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb any losses arising 
from indemnification requests.  Management’s judgment in determining the level of the allowance is based on the 
volume  of  loans  sold,  current  economic  conditions  and  information  provided  by  investors.    This  evaluation  is 
inherently  subjective,  as  it  requires  estimates  that  are  susceptible  to  significant  revision  as  more  information 
becomes available. 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is carried at cost.  No ready market exists 
for  this  stock  and  it  has  no  quoted  market  value.    For  presentation  purposes,  such  stock  is  assumed  to  have  a 
market value that is equal to cost.  In addition, such stock is not considered a debt or equity security in accordance 
with  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  No.  115,  Accounting  for  Certain  Investments  in  Debt  and 
Equity Securities. 

Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially 
recorded  at  fair  value  less  cost  to  sell  at  the  date  of  foreclosure,  establishing  a  new  cost  basis.    Subsequent  to 
foreclosure,  management  periodically  performs  valuations  and  the  assets  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  carrying 
amount  or  fair  value  less  cost  to  sell.    Revenue  and  expenses  from  operations  and  changes  in  the  valuation 
allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets. 

Corporate  Premises  and  Equipment:  Land  is  carried  at  cost.    Buildings  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost  less 
accumulated  depreciation  computed  using  a  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets.  
Estimated  useful  lives  range  from  ten  to  forty  years  for  buildings  and  from  three  to  ten  years  for  equipment, 
furniture and fixtures.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and major improvements are 
capitalized.  Upon sale or retirement of depreciable properties, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are 
netted against proceeds and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income.  

Goodwill: The Corporation adopted SFAS No. 142,  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, effective January 1, 2002.  
Accordingly, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life, but is subject to at least an 
annual  assessment  for  impairment  by  applying  a  fair  value  based  test.    Additionally,  under  SFAS  142,  acquired 
intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) are separately recognized if the benefit of the asset can be sold, 
transferred,  licensed,  rented  or  exchanged,  and  are  amortized  over  their  useful  life.    The  Corporation’s  goodwill 
was recognized in connection with the Bank’s acquisition of C&F Finance in September 2002.  The annual test for 
impairment was completed during the fourth quarter of 2008 and it was determined there was no impairment to be 
recognized in 2008. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sale  of  Loans:    Transfers  of  loans  are  accounted  for  as  sales  when  control  over  the  loans  has  been  surrendered.  
Control  over  transferred  loans  is  deemed  to  be  surrendered  when  (1)  the  loans  have  been  isolated  from  the 
Corporation, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that 
right) to pledge or exchange the transferred loans and (3) the Corporation does not maintain effective control over 
the transferred loans through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. 

Income Taxes: The Corporation determines deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the liability (or balance 
sheet)  method.    Under  this  method,  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  or  liability  is  determined  annually  for  differences 
between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  will  result  in  taxable  or  deductible 
amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are 
expected to affect taxable income.  Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus 
the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by 
the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount 
of  the  position  that  would  be  ultimately  sustained.    The  benefit  of  a  tax  position  is  recognized  in  the  financial 
statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than 
not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, 
if  any.    Tax  positions  taken  are  not  offset  or  aggregated  with  other  positions.    Tax  positions  that  meet  the  more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent 
likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority.  The portion of the benefits associated 
with  tax  positions  taken  that  exceeds  the  amount  measured  as  described  above  is  reflected  as  a  liability  for 
unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that 
would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.  Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized 
tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the statement of income. 

Retirement  Plan:    In  September  2006,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  SFAS  No.  158, 
Employers’  Accounting  for  Defined  Benefit  Pension  and  Other  Postretirement  Plans  –  an  amendment  of  FASB  Statements 
No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).   SFAS 158 requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a 
defined  benefit  postretirement  plan  as  an  asset  or  liability  in  its  statement  of  financial  position  and  to  recognize 
changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.  The funded 
status of a benefit plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation.  
For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation.  SFAS 158 also requires an employer to 
measure  the  funded  status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position.  SFAS 158 also 
requires additional disclosure in the notes to financial statements about certain effects on net periodic benefit cost 
for the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and 
transition asset or obligation.  The Corporation was required to initially recognize the funded status of a defined 
benefit  postretirement  plan  and  to  provide  the  required  disclosures  as  of  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  ending  after 
December 15, 2006.  The requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employers’ 
fiscal year-end statement of financial position was effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. 

The Bank has a defined benefit pension plan, which is subject to the provisions of SFAS 158.  In connection with the 
implementation of SFAS 158 in 2006, the Corporation recognized a $644,000 loss as a component of accumulated 
other comprehensive income.  Subsequent valuations in 2008 and 2007 determined that the plan was underfunded.  
As  a  result,  the  Corporation  recognized  pension  liabilities  of  $2.05  million  at  December  31,  2008  and  $269,000  at 
December 31, 2007, and recognized a net loss of $591,000 in 2008 and a net gain of $301,000 in 2007 as components 
of other comprehensive income.  In addition, the Corporation recognized a net adjustment to retained earnings of 
$114,000 in 2008 due to the change in the measurement date. 

Share-Based Compensation:  The Corporation’s share-based compensation plans are described more fully in Note 
12.    Effective  January  1,  2006,  the  Corporation  adopted  the  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  123(R),  Share-Based  Payment, 
which  requires  that  the  Corporation  recognize  expense  related  to  the  fair  value  of  share-based  compensation 
awards in net income. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation elected to follow the modified prospective transition method allowed by SFAS 123(R).  Under the 
modified  prospective  transition  method,  compensation  expense  is  recognized  prospectively  for  all  unvested 
options outstanding at January 1, 2006 and for all awards modified or granted after that date. 

Compensation  expense  for  grants  of  restricted  shares  is  accounted  for  using  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted shares are awarded.  Compensation expense for grants of 
stock options is accounted for using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  Compensation expense for restricted 
shares and stock options is charged to income ratably over the vesting period.  Compensation expense for the years 
ended  December  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006  included  $292,000 ($181,000  after  tax),  $299,000  ($186,000 after tax) and 
$97,000 ($60,000 after tax), respectively, for options and restricted stock granted during 2008, 2007 and 2006.  As of 
December 31, 2008, there was $1.03 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted 
stock that will be recognized over the remaining vesting periods.  SFAS 123(R) requires the Corporation to estimate 
forfeitures  when  recognizing  compensation  expense  and  that  this  estimate  of  forfeitures  be  adjusted  over  the 
requisite  service  period  or  vesting  schedule  based  on  the  extent  to  which  actual  forfeitures  differ  from  such 
estimates.    Changes  in  estimated  forfeitures  in  future  periods,  if  any,  will  be  recognized  through  a  cumulative 
catch-up  adjustment  in  the  period  of  change,  which  will  impact  the  amount  of  estimated  unamortized 
compensation expense to be recognized in future periods. 

Earnings  Per  Common  Share:  Basic  earnings  per  share  represents  income  available  to  common  shareholders 
divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Earnings per share, 
assuming  dilution,  reflects  additional  common  shares  that  would  have  been  outstanding  if  potentially-dilutive 
common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance.  
Potential common shares that may be issued by the Corporation relate to outstanding stock options and unvested 
restricted  shares  and  are  determined  using  the  treasury  stock  method.    Earnings  per  share  calculations  are 
presented in Note 8. 

Comprehensive  Income:  Accounting  principles  generally  require  that  recognized  revenue,  expenses,  gains  and 
losses be included in net income.  Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and 
losses  on  available  for  sale  securities  and  changes  in  defined  benefit  plan  assets  and  liabilities,  are  reported  as  a 
separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components 
of  comprehensive  income.    These  components  are  presented  in  the  Corporation’s  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Shareholders’ Equity. 

Shareholders’ Equity:  During 2008, the Corporation purchased 1,600 shares of its common stock in open-market 
transactions  at  prices  ranging  between  $20.49  and  $31.06  per  share  in  accordance  with  board-approved  stock 
purchase  programs.    The  program  in  effect  at  December  31,  2008,  which  will  expire  in  July  2009,  replaced  the 
program that expired July 2008.  Limitations on future share repurchases are described in Note 19. 

During  2007,  the  Corporation  purchased  54,800  shares  of  its  common  stock  in  negotiated  and  open-market 
transactions  at  prices  ranging  between  $32.50  and  $43.20  in  accordance  with  a  board-approved  stock  purchase 
program that expired in July 2008.  Purchases of 149,720 shares at prices between $37.25 and $45.07 per share were 
made in accordance with a board-approved stock purchase program, which was terminated in July 2007. 

During 2006, the Corporation purchased 13,257 shares of its common stock in open-market transactions.  Purchases 
of 135 shares at prices between $39.50 and $39.99 per share were made in accordance with a board-approved stock 
purchase  program,  which  was  terminated  in  July  2007.    Purchases  of  13,122  shares  at  prices  between  $37.75  and 
$40.00  per  share  were  made  in  accordance  with  a  board-approved  stock  purchase  program,  which  expired  in 
November 2006. 

Fair Value Measurements:  Effective January 1, 2008, the Corporation adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair 
Value  Measurements,  for  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities.    SFAS  157  defines  fair  value,  establishes  a 
framework  for  measuring  fair  value,  establishes  a  valuation  hierarchy  for  disclosure  of  fair  value  measurements 
and  enhances  disclosure  requirements  for  fair  value  measurements.    The  fair  value  hierarchy  under  SFAS  157  is 
based  upon  the  transparency  of  inputs  to  the  valuation  of  an  asset  or  liability  as  of  the  measurement  date,  and 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value in three broad levels (Level 1, Level 2 and 
Level 3).   

Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets (as defined) for identical assets or liabilities that the 
reporting  entity  has  the ability to access at the measurement date.  Level 2 inputs are inputs that include quoted 
prices  for  similar  assets  and  liabilities  in  active  markets,  and  inputs  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability, 
either  directly  or  indirectly,  for  substantially  the  full  term  of  the  financial  instrument.    Level  3  inputs  are 
unobservable  inputs  for  the  asset  or  liability  and  reflect  the  reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  regarding  the 
inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. 

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well 
as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy: 

Securities:  Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1 of the valuation 
hierarchy.    Level  1  securities  would  include  highly  liquid  government  bonds,  mortgage  products  and  exchange-
traded equities.  If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, 
quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flow and are classified within Level 2 of 
the  valuation  hierarchy.    Level  2  securities  would  include  U.S.  agency  securities,  mortgage-backed  agency 
securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions and certain corporate, asset-backed and other securities.  
In  certain  cases  where  there  is  limited  activity  or  less  transparency  around  inputs  to  the  valuation,  securities  are 
classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.  Currently, all of the Corporation’s securities are considered to 
be Level 2 securities. 

Loans Held for Sale:  Loans held for sale are required to be measured at the lower of cost or fair value.  Under SFAS 
157, market value is to represent fair value.  Management obtains contractual commitments to sell all of these loans 
directly  from  the  purchasing  financial  institutions.    Premiums  to  be  received  under  these  commitments  are 
indicative  of  the  fact  that  cost  is  lower  than  fair  value.    At  December  31,  2008,  the  entire  balance  of  the 
Corporation’s loans held for sale was recorded at cost. 

Impaired  Loans:    SFAS  157  applies  to  loans  measured  for  impairment  using  the  practical  expedients  permitted  by 
SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, including impaired loans measured at an observable 
market price (if available), or at the fair value of the loan’s collateral (if the loan is collateral dependent).  Fair value 
of the loan’s collateral, when the loan is dependent on collateral, is determined by Level 3 valuation inputs, such as 
appraisal or independent valuation, which is then adjusted for the cost related to liquidation of the collateral. 

Other Real Estate Owned:  Other real estate owned (“OREO”) is measured at fair value based on Level 3 valuation 
inputs, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 157, less costs to sell. 

Reclassifications:  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current year 
presentation. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:  In September 2006, the FASB reached a consensus on Emerging Issues Task 
Force (EITF) Issue 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-
Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.  In March 2007, the FASB reached a consensus on EITF Issue 06-10, Accounting for 
Collateral  Assignment  Split-Dollar  Life  Insurance  Arrangements.    Both  of  these  standards  require  a  company  to 
recognize  an  obligation  over  an  employee’s  service  period  based  upon  the  substantive  agreement  with  the 
employee such as the promise to maintain a life insurance policy or provide a death benefit postretirement.  The 
Corporation’s  adoption  of  these  standards  effective  January  1,  2008  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.  
SFAS  159  permits  entities  to  choose  to  measure  many  financial  instruments  and  certain  other  items  at  fair  value.  
The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate 
volatility  in  reported  earnings  caused  by  measuring  related  assets  and  liabilities  differently  without  having  to 
apply complex hedge accounting provisions.  The fair value option established by SFAS 159 permits all entities to 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates.  A business entity shall report unrealized 
gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting 
date.  The fair value option may be applied instrument by instrument and is irrevocable.  SFAS 159 is effective as of 
the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007.  The Corporation adopted SFAS 
159 effective January 1, 2008.  The Corporation elected not to report any existing financial assets or liabilities at fair 
value that are not already reported, thus the adoption of SFAS 159 did not have a material effect on its consolidated 
financial statements. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations.  SFAS 141(R) will significantly change 
the financial accounting and reporting of business combination transactions.  It establishes the criteria for how an 
acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; 
establishes  the  acquisition  date  fair  value  as  the  measurement  objective  for  all  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 
assumed;  and  requires  the  acquirer  to  disclose  to  investors  and  other  users  all  of  the  information  they  need  to 
evaluate  and  understand  the  nature  and  financial  effect  of  the  business  combination.    Acquisition  related  costs 
including  finder's  fees,  advisory,  legal,  accounting  valuation  and  other  professional  and  consulting  fees  are 
required  to  be  expensed  as  incurred.    SFAS  141(R)  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2008 
and early implementation is not permitted.  The Corporation does not expect the implementation of SFAS 141(R) to 
have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements, at this time. 

In November 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 109, 
Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings. SAB 109 expresses the current view of the staff 
that  the  expected  net  future  cash  flows  related  to  the  associated  servicing  of  the  loan  should  be  included  in  the 
measurement  of  all  written  loan  commitments  that  are  accounted  for  at  fair  value  through  earnings.    SEC 
registrants  are  expected  to  apply  the  views  in  Question  1  of  SAB  109  on  a  prospective  basis  to  derivative  loan 
commitments issued or modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007.  Implementation of SAB 109 
did not have a material effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements - an 
Amendment  of  ARB  No.  51.    SFAS  160  will  significantly  change  the  financial  accounting  and  reporting  of 
noncontrolling (or minority) interests in consolidated financial statements and is effective as of the beginning of an 
entity’s first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008.  The Corporation does not expect the implementation 
of SFAS 160 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  March  2008,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  161,  Disclosures  about  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities  – an 
amendment  of  FASB  Statement  No.  133.    SFAS  161  requires  that  an  entity  provide  enhanced  disclosures  related  to 
derivative and hedging activities.  SFAS 161 is effective for the Corporation on January 1, 2009. 

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.  
FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to 
determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.  The 
intent  of  FSP  142-3  is  to  improve  the  consistency  between  the  useful  life  of  a  recognized  intangible  asset  under 
SFAS 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141(R).  FSP 
142-3  is  effective  for  the  Corporation  on  January  1,  2009,  and  applies  prospectively  to  intangible  assets  that  are 
acquired  individually  or  with  a  group  of  other  assets  in  business  combinations  and  asset  acquisitions.    The 
Corporation does not expect the implementation of FSP 142-3 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial 
statements. 

In  May  2008,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  162,  The  Hierarchy  of  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles.    SFAS  162 
identifies  the  sources  of  accounting  principles  and  the  framework  for  selecting  the  principles  used  in  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  of  nongovernmental  entities  that  are  presented  in  conformity  with  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States.    SFAS  162  becomes  effective  60  days  following  the  SEC’s 
approval  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  amendments  to  AU  Section  411,  The  Meaning  of 
Present  Fairly  in  Conformity  with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles.    The  Corporation  does  not  expect  the 
implementation of SFAS 162 to have any effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  June  2008,  the  FASB  finalized  FSP  No.  EITF  03-6-1,  Determining  Whether  Instruments  Granted  in  Share-Based 
Payment  Transactions  Are  Participating  Securities.    FSP  EITF  03-6-1  affects  entities  that  accrue  cash  dividends  on 
share-based payment awards during the awards’ service period when the dividends do not need to be returned if 
the employees forfeit the awards.  The FASB concluded that all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards 
that  contain  rights  to  nonforfeitable  dividends  participate  in  undistributed  earnings  with  common  shareholders.  
Because  the  awards  are  considered  participating  securities,  the  issuing  entity  is  required  to  apply  the  two-class 
method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share.  The FASB also concluded that because FSP EITF 03-6-1 
applies  to  all  outstanding  unvested  share-based  payment  awards  that  contain  rights  to  nonforfeitable  dividends, 
changes in an entity’s forfeiture estimates from one reporting period to the next do not affect the computation of 
earnings  per  share,  other  than  for  the  increase  or  decrease  in  compensation  cost  as  a  result  of  the  application  of 
SFAS 123(R).  The transition guidance in FSP EITF 03-6-1 requires an entity to retroactively adjust all prior-period 
earnings-per-share computations to reflect the FSP’s provisions.  The retroactive adjustments encompass earnings-
per-share computations included in interim financial statements.  Early adoption of the FSP is not permitted.  FSP 
EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal 
years.  The Corporation does not expect the implementation of this FSP to have a material effect on its consolidated 
financial statements. 

In  September  2008,  the  FASB  issued  FSP  133-1  and  FASB  Interpretation  (FIN)  45-4,  Disclosures  about  Credit 
Derivatives  and  Certain  Guarantees:  An  Amendment  of  FASB  Statement  No.  133  and  FASB  Interpretation  No.  45;  and 
Clarification  of  the  Effective  Date  of  FASB  Statement  No.  161.    FSP  133-1  and  FIN  45-4  require  a  seller  of  credit 
derivatives to disclose information about its credit derivatives and hybrid instruments that have embedded credit 
derivatives to enable users of financial statements to assess their potential effect on its financial position, financial 
performance and cash flows. FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 were effective for the Corporation on December 31, 2008 and 
did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That 
Asset Is Not Active.  FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active and provides an 
example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that 
financial asset is not active.  This FSP was effective as of September 30, 2008 and did not have a material effect on 
the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about 
Transfers  of  Financial  Assets  and  Interests  in  Variable  Interest  Entities.    FSP  140-4  and  FIN  46(R)-8  require  enhanced 
disclosures  about  transfers  of  financial  assets  and  interests  in  variable  interest  entities.  FSP  140-4  is  effective  for 
interim  and  annual  periods  ending  after  December  15,  2008.    Because  FSP  140-4  requires  only  additional 
disclosures concerning transfers of financial assets and interests in variable interest entities, adoption of FSP 140-4 
did not affect the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

In January 2009, the FASB issued FSP EITF 99-20-1, which amends the impairment guidance in EITF Issue No. 99-
20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to 
Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets, in order to achieve more consistent determination of whether 
an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred.  FSP EITF 99-20-1 also retains and emphasizes the objective of 
an  other-than-temporary  impairment  assessment  and  the  related  disclosure  requirements  in  SFAS  115  and  other 
related guidance.  FSP EITF 99-20-1 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 
2008 and shall be applied prospectively.  The FSP was effective for the Corporation as of December 31, 2008 and 
did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 2: Securities 

Debt and equity securities are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Preferred stock 

(Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Preferred stock 

December 31, 2008 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 
$       (5)       
--       
(1,189)       
(98)       
$(1,292)       

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 
$     59    
54    
858    
146    
$1,117    

Amortized 
Cost 
$  11,108   
2,264   
85,842   
1,564   
$100,778   

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$  11,162     
2,318     
85,511     
1,612     
$100,603     

December 31, 2007 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 
$  (15)       
(16)       
(91)       
(331)       
$(453)       

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 
$     36    
11    
1,032    
204    
$1,283    

Amortized 
Cost 
$  7,446   
1,776   
67,209   
3,994   
$80,425   

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$  7,467     
1,771     
68,150     
3,867     
$81,255     

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at December 31, 2008, by contractual maturity, are shown 
below.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay 
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Available for Sale 
Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 
Preferred stock 

    December 31, 2008     

 Amortized 
 Cost 
$  13,268    
22,723    
37,472    
25,751    
1,564    
$ 100,778    

     Estimated 
     Fair Value 
 $  13,281    
 22,803    
37,227    
 25,680    
1,612    
$ 100,603    

Proceeds from the maturities, calls and sales of securities available for sale in 2008 were $18.52 million, resulting in 
gross realized gains of $253,000 and gross realized losses of $19,000.  Securities with an aggregate amortized cost of 
$40.57  million  and  an  aggregate  fair  value  of  $40.84  million  were  pledged  at  December  31,  2008  to  secure  public 
deposits, Federal Reserve Bank treasury, tax and loan deposits and repurchase agreements. 

Proceeds from the maturities and calls of securities available for sale in 2007 were $6.19 million, resulting in gross 
realized gains of $21,000.  Proceeds from the maturities and calls of securities available for sale in 2006 were $7.67 
million, resulting in gross realized gains of $105,000. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are 
shown below. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Less Than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

12 Months or More 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

U.S. government agencies 

and corporations 

 $     495 

$        5 

Obligations of states and 
political subdivisions 
Subtotal-debt securities 
Preferred stock 
Total temporarily impaired 

   32,846 
   33,341 
       699 

  1,189 
  1,194 
       88 

securities 

$34,040 

$ 1,282 

$ --  

   --  
   --  
   20 

$20 

 $   -- 

$     495 

$       5 

      -- 
      -- 
    10 

  32,846 
  33,341 
       719 

  1,189 
  1,194 
       98 

$  10 

$34,060 

$1,292 

The  primary  cause  of  the  temporary  impairments  in  the  Corporation’s  investment  in  debt  securities  was 
attributable  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates.    There  are  110  debt  securities  totaling  $33.34  million  and  six  equity 
securities  totaling  $719,000  considered  temporarily  impaired  at  December  31,  2008.    Because  the Corporation has 
the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of unrealized losses, which may be maturity, the 
Corporation does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008 and 
no impairment has been recognized. 

In  2008,  the  Corporation  recognized  a  $1.58  million  other-than-temporary  impairment  charge  related  to  its 
investments  in  perpetual  preferred  stock  of  the  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  (Fannie  Mae)  and  the 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac).  The impairment in the holdings of these government-
sponsored  entities  resulted  from  the  decline  in  market  value  of  these  shares  in  connection  with  the  federal 
government’s takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in September 2008, along with the elimination of dividends 
on  these  shares.    The  market  value  of  the  Corporation’s  preferred  shares  of  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac  at 
December 31, 2008 after the other-than-temporary impairment charge was $12,000 and $15,000, respectively. 

Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2007, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are 
shown below. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. government agencies 

and corporations 

Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and 
political subdivisions 
Subtotal-debt securities 
Preferred stock 
Total temporarily impaired 

Less Than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

12 Months or More 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

 $      --  
         --  

   11,323 
   11,323 
       988 

    $   -- 
         -- 

       67 
       67 
     218 

 $ 1,235 
       790 

    2,334 
    4,359 
       482 

 $  15 
     16 

     24 
     55 
   113 

 $  1,235 
        790 

   13,657 
   15,682 
     1,470 

$  15 
    16 

    91 
  122 
   331 

securities 

$12,311 

   $285 

 $ 4,841 

 $168 

$17,152 

$453 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 3: Loans 

Major classifications of loans are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Real estate—mortgage 
Real estate—construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural1 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

Less unearned loan fees 

Less allowance for loan losses 

                       December 31,           

          2008 

          2007 

$141,271    
28,300    
272,440    
29,136    
9,515    
172,385    
653,047    
(224)   
 652,823    
(19,806)   
$633,017    

$123,239    
26,719    
257,951    
25,282    
8,991    
160,196    
602,378    
(534)   
 601,844    
(15,963)   
$585,881    

1 

Includes loans secured by real estate for builder lines, acquisition and development and 
commercial development, as well as commercial loans secured by personal property. 

Consumer  loans  included  $221,000  and  $231,000  of  demand  deposit  overdrafts  at  December  31,  2008  and  2007, 
respectively.    Loans  on  nonaccrual  status  were  $19.48  million  and  $2.62  million  at  December  31,  2008  and  2007, 
respectively.    If  interest  income  had  been  recognized  on nonaccrual  loans  at their stated rates during fiscal years 
2008,  2007  and  2006,  interest  income  would  have  increased  by  approximately  $439,000,  $56,000  and  $70,000, 
respectively.  Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more were $3.52 million and $578,000 at December 31, 2008 
and 2007, respectively.  The balance of impaired loans was $16.83 million and $291,000 at December 31, 2008 and 
2007, respectively, for which there was a $940,000 specific valuation allowance as of December 31, 2008.  No specific 
valuation allowance was deemed necessary as of December 31, 2007.  The average balances of impaired loans for 
2008, 2007 and 2006 were $5.82 million, $557,000 and $2.24 million, respectively.  The Corporation has no obligation 
to fund additional advances on its impaired loans. 

                    Year Ended December 31,        
          2007 

          2006 

          2008 

$15,963 
13,766 
(11,559)
1,636 
$19,806 

$14,216 
7,130 
(7,300)
1,917 
$15,963 

$13,064  
4,625  
(5,093) 
1,620  
$14,216  

NOTE 4: Allowance for Loan Losses  

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Balance at the beginning of year 
Provision charged to operations 
Loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off 
Balance at the end of year 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 5: Corporate Premises and Equipment  

Major classifications of corporate premises and equipment are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Land 
Buildings 
Equipment, furniture and fixtures 

Less accumulated depreciation 

NOTE 6: Time Deposits  

Time deposits are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Certificates of deposit, $100 or more 
Other time deposits 

                  December 31,        

         2008 

         2007 

$   6,734  
 26,347  
20,726  
53,807  
(22,676) 
$31,131  

$   6,734  
 26,321  
20,153  
53,208  
(20,354) 
$32,854  

                     December 31,          

            2008 

            2007 

$  99,711
169,187
$268,898

$  97,006
165,943
$262,949

Remaining maturities on time deposits at December 31, 2008 are as follows (dollars in thousands):  

2009 
2010 
2011  
2012  
2013 
Thereafter 

$181,028
32,385
9,632
44,612
867
374
$268,898

Time deposits at December 31, 2008 included $10.00 million of brokered deposits, which mature in 2009. 

NOTE 7: Borrowings  

Short-term  borrowings  include  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase,  which  are  secured  transactions 
with  customers  and  generally  mature  the  day  following  the  day  sold.    Balances  outstanding  under  repurchase 
agreements  were  $7.22  million  on  December  31,  2008  and  $2.57  million  on  December  31,  2007.    Short-term 
borrowings  also  include  advances  from  the  FHLB,  which  are  secured  by  a  blanket  floating  lien  on  all  qualifying 
real estate loans.  There was $33.80 million and $19.40 million of short-term advances from the FHLB outstanding 
on  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  respectively.    Short-term  borrowings  on  December  31,  2008  also  include  $15.00 
million  under  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  Term  Auction  Facility,  which  is  secured  by  a  loan-specific  lien  on  all 
qualifying loans, except for those loans pledged to support advances from the FHLB and C&F Finance’s revolving 
bank  line  of  credit.    Short-term  borrowings  also  include  $24.00  million  in  federal  funds  lines  with  correspondent 
banks, which had no outstanding balances on December 31, 2008 and 2007. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents selected information on short-term borrowings:  

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balance outstanding at year end 
Maximum balance at any month end during the year 
Average balance for the year 
Weighted average rate for the year 
Weighted average rate on borrowings at year end 
Estimated fair value at year end 

               2008 

                      December 31,           
               2007 
$21,968    
$78,735    
$26,395    
4.83%
4.15%
$21,968    

$56,024    
$59,382    
$35,071    
2.12%
0.67%
$56,024    

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2008 consist of a repurchase agreement with a third-party broker, which is 
secured by investment securities, advances under a non-recourse revolving bank line of credit secured by loans at 
C&F  Finance,  and  advances  from  the  FHLB,  which  are  secured  by  a  blanket  floating  lien  on  all  qualifying  real 
estate loans.  The interest rate on the repurchase agreement, which matures in 2018, is 1.78% until September 2009, 
at  which  time  the  rate  will  float  at  7.00%  minus  three-month  LIBOR  with  a  maximum  rate  of  3.55%,  and  the 
outstanding  balance  as  of  December  31,  2008  was  $5.00  million.    The  interest  rate  on  the  revolving  bank  line  of 
credit,  which  matures  in  2012,  floats  at  the  one-month  LIBOR  rate  plus  175  basis  points,  and  the  outstanding 
balance  as  of  December  31,  2008  was  $85.32  million.    C&F  Finance’s  revolving  bank  line  of  credit  agreement 
contains  covenants regarding C&F Finance’s capital adequacy, credit quality, adequacy of the allowance for loan 
losses and interest expense coverage.  C&F Finance satisfied all such covenants during 2008.  Long-term advances 
from the FHLB at December 31, 2008 consist of $52.5 million of convertible advances.  These advances have fixed 
rates  of  interest  unless  the  FHLB  exercises  its  option  to  convert  the  interest  on  these  advances  from  fixed  rate  to 
variable rate.  The table below presents selected information on these advances: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balance Outstanding at December 31, 2008 
$5,000 
$5,000 
$7,500 
$5,000 
$7,500 
$7,500 
$5,000 
$5,000 
$5,000 

Interest Rate 

Maturity Date 

3.90%       
4.08          
4.15          
 3.95          
3.69          
3.70          
4.06          
2.93          
3.59          

8/30/12         
8/30/12         
10/19/12         
11/17/14         
11/28/14         
10/19/17         
10/25/17         
11/27/17         
6/6/18         

Initial 
Conversion 
Option Date 
2/29/09     
2/27/09     
10/19/09     
11/17/10     
11/29/10     
4/20/09     
10/25/11     
2/27/09     
6/6/12     

The contractual maturities of long-term borrowings, excluding conversion provisions, at December 31, 2008 are as 
follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2012 
2013 
Thereafter 

       Fixed Rate 

$17,500     
--     
35,000     
$52,500     

      Floating Rate 
$85,316     
--     
5,000     
$90,316     

      Total 

$102,816  
--  
40,000  
$142,816  

The Corporation’s unused lines of credit for future borrowings total approximately $149.45 million at December 31, 
2008,  which  consists  of  $49.33  million  available  from  the  FHLB,  $34.68  million  on  C&F  Finance’s  revolving  bank 
line  of  credit,  $41.44  million  available  from  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  and  $24.00  million  under  federal  funds 
agreements with third party financial institution.  Additional loans are available that can be pledged as collateral 
for future borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank above the current lendable collateral value. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  December  2007,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  II  (Trust  II),  a  wholly-owned  non-operating  subsidiary  of  the 
Corporation, was formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital securities for general corporate purposes 
including the refinancing of existing debt.  On December 14, 2007, Trust II issued $10.00 million of trust preferred 
capital  securities  in  a  private  placement  to  an  institutional  investor  and  $310,000  in  common  equity  to  the 
Corporation  in  exchange  for  cash.    The  securities  mature  in  December  2037,  are  redeemable  at  the  Corporation’s 
option beginning after five years, and require quarterly distributions by Trust II to the holder of the securities at a 
fixed rate of 7.73% as to $5.00 million of the securities and at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.15% 
as  to  the  remaining  $5.00  million,  which  rate  was  5.15%  at  December  31,  2008.    The  fixed  rate  portion  of  the 
securities converts to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.15% in December 2012.  The principal asset of Trust II is 
$10.31  million  of  the  Corporation’s  trust  preferred  capital  notes  with  like  maturities  and  like  interest  rates  to  the 
trust preferred capital securities.  The interest payments by the Corporation on the debt securities will be used by 
Trust II to pay the quarterly distributions payable by Trust II to the holders of the trust preferred capital securities. 

In  July  2005,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  I  (Trust  I),  a  wholly-owned  non-operating  subsidiary  of  the 
Corporation,  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  issuing  trust  preferred  capital  securities  to  partially  fund  the 
Corporation’s  purchase  of  427,186  shares  of  its  common  stock.    On  July 21, 2005, Trust I issued $10.00 million of 
trust preferred capital securities in a private placement to an institutional investor and $310,000 in common equity 
to  the  Corporation  in  exchange  for  cash.    The  securities  mature  in  September  2035,  are  redeemable  at  the 
Corporation’s option beginning after five years, and require quarterly distributions by Trust I to the holder of the 
securities at a fixed rate of 6.07% as to $5.00 million of the securities and at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR 
rate  plus  1.57%  as  to  the  remaining  $5.00  million,  which  rate  was  3.57%  at  December  31,  2008.    The  fixed  rate 
portion of the securities converts to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1.57% in September 2010.  The principal asset 
of Trust I is $10.31 million of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes with like maturities and like interest 
rates to the trust preferred capital securities.  The interest payments by the Corporation on the debt securities will 
be used by Trust I to pay the quarterly distributions payable by Trust I to the holders of the trust preferred capital 
securities. 

Subject  to  certain  exceptions  and  limitations,  the  Corporation  may  elect  from  time  to  time  to  defer  interest 
payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on 
the related capital securities. 

NOTE 8: Earnings Per Share  

The  Corporation  calculates  its  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  128, 
Earnings Per Share.  The components of the Corporation’s EPS calculations are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Net income available to common shareholders 
Weighted average number of common shares used in earnings per 
  common share—basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 
  Stock option awards 
  Restricted stock awards 
Weighted average number of common shares used in earnings per 
  common share—assuming dilution 

                        December 31,                     
       2007 

       2006 

       2008 

$4,181

$8,480

$12,129

2,988,017

3,039,240

3,151,860

30,574
2,368

118,514
3,269

121,569
--

3,020,959

3,161,023

3,273,429

Options on approximately 372,000, 98,000 and 133,000 shares were not included in computing diluted earnings per 
common share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 9: Income Taxes  

Principal components of income tax expense as reflected in the consolidated statements of income are as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Current taxes 
Deferred taxes 

                    Year Ended December 31,         
           2007 
$ 4,456 
(1,112)
$ 3,344 

           2008 
$ 3,289 
(2,672)
$    617 

$6,400  
(970) 
$5,430  

           2006 

The income tax provision is less than would be obtained by application of the statutory federal corporate tax rate to 
pre-tax accounting income as a result of the following items:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Income tax computed at federal statutory rates 
Tax effect of exclusion of interest income on 
  obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Reduction of interest expense incurred to carry tax- 
  exempt assets 
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
Tax effect of dividends-received deduction on 
  preferred stock 
Tax credits 
Other 

                                      Year Ended December 31,                                   
Percent 
of 
Pre-tax 
Income  
35.0%

Percent 
of 
Pre-tax 
Income  
35.0%

Percent 
of 
Pre-tax 
Income  
34.0%

          2007 
$4,139 

          2006 

       2008 

$6,146  

$1,631 

(1,085)

(22.6)  

(913)

(7.7)  

(876) 

(5.0)  

122 
157 

2.6   
3.3   

(45)
(147)
(16)
$  617 

(0.9)  
(3.1)  
(0.4)  
12.9%

115 
248 

(72)
(101)
(72)
$3,344 

1.0   
2.1   

(0.6)  
(0.9)  
(0.6)  
28.3%

84  
302  

0.5   
1.7   

(48) 
(98) 
(80) 
$5,430  

(0.3)  
(0.6)  
(0.4)  
30.9%

The Corporation’s net deferred income taxes totaled $9.98 million and $6.64 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, 
respectively.  The tax effects of each type of significant item that gave rise to deferred taxes are:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

                     December 31,        
              2007 

              2008 

Deferred tax asset 
  Allowance for loan losses 
  Deferred compensation 
  Other-than-temporary impairment of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock 
  Defined benefit plan 
  Share-based compensation 

Interest on nonaccrual loans 

  Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale 
  Other 

  Deferred tax asset 

Deferred tax liability 
  Goodwill and other intangible assets 
  Depreciation 
  Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale 
  Other 

  Deferred tax liability 
  Net deferred tax asset 

75 

$7,715 
1,557 
614 
369 
250 
88 
61 
899 
11,553 

(1,568)
(3)
-- 
-- 
(1,571)
$9,982 

$6,043 
1,476 
-- 
92 
155 
10 
-- 
480 
8,256 

(1,260)
(39)
(291)
(27)
(1,617)
$6,639 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and several states.  With few exceptions, the 
Corporation is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years 
prior  to  2005.    The  Corporation  adopted  the  provisions  of  FIN  48,  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  on 
January 1, 2007 with no effect on the financial statements. 

NOTE 10: Employee Benefit Plans  

The Bank maintains a Defined Contribution Profit-Sharing Plan (the Profit-Sharing Plan) sponsored by the Virginia 
Bankers  Association  (VBA).    The  Profit-Sharing  Plan  includes  a  401(k)  savings  provision  that  authorizes  a 
maximum  voluntary  salary  deferral  of  up  to  95%  of  compensation  (with  a  partial  company  match),  subject  to 
statutory limitations.  The Profit-Sharing Plan provides for an annual discretionary contribution to the account of 
each eligible employee based in part on the Bank’s profitability for a given year and on each participant’s yearly 
earnings.  All salaried employees who have attained the age of eighteen and have at least three months of service 
are  eligible  to  participate.    Contributions  and  earnings  may  be  invested  in  various  investment  vehicles  offered 
through the VBA.  An employee is 20% vested in the Bank’s contributions after two years of service, 40% after three 
years, 60% after four years, 80% after five years and fully vested after six years.  The amounts charged to expense 
under this plan were $437,000, $420,000 and $564,000 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  

C&F Mortgage maintains a Defined Contribution 401(k) Savings Plan that authorizes a voluntary salary deferral of 
from  1%  to  100%  of  compensation  (with  a  discretionary  company  match),  subject  to  statutory  limitations.  
Substantially all employees who have attained the age of eighteen are eligible to participate on the first day of the 
next month following employment date.  The plan provides for an annual discretionary contribution to the account 
of each eligible employee based in part on C&F Mortgage’s profitability for a given year, and on each participant’s 
contributions to the plan.  Contributions may be invested in various investment funds offered under the plan.  An 
employee is vested 25% in the employer’s contributions after two years of service, 50% after three years, 75% after 
four  years,  and  fully  vested  after  five  years.    The  amounts  charged  to  expense  under  this  plan  were  $75,000, 
$182,000 and $211,000 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

 C&F  Finance  maintains  a  Defined  Contribution  Profit-Sharing  Plan  sponsored  by  the  VBA  with  plan  features 
similar  to  the  Profit-Sharing  Plan  of  the  Bank.    The  amounts  charged  to  expense  under  this  plan  were  $79,000, 
$94,000 and $99,000 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

Individual performance bonuses are awarded annually to certain members of management under a management 
incentive  bonus  policy.    The  Corporation’s  Compensation  Committee  recommends  to  the  Corporation’s  board  of 
directors the bonuses to be paid to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, 
and  recommends  to  the  Bank’s  board  of  directors  bonuses  to  be  paid  to  certain  other  senior  Bank  officers.    In 
addition,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  recommends  bonuses  to  be  paid  to  other  officers  of  the  Bank  and  C&F 
Finance.    In  determining  the  awards,  performance,  including  the  Corporation’s  growth  rate,  returns  on  average 
assets  and  equity,  and  absolute  levels  of  income  are  considered.    In  addition,  the  Bank’s  board  considers  the 
individual  performance  of  the  members  of  management  who  may  receive  awards.    The  expense  for  these  bonus 
awards is accrued in the year of performance.  Expenses under these plans were $333,000, $780,000 and $683,000 in 
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  In accordance with employment agreements for certain senior officers of C&F 
Mortgage,  performance  bonuses  of  $695,000,  $811,000  and  $1.08  million  were  expensed  in  2008,  2007  and  2006, 
respectively.  Performance used in determining the awards is directly related to the profitability of C&F Mortgage. 

The Corporation has a nonqualified defined contribution plan for certain executives.  The plan allows for elective 
salary and bonus deferrals.  The plan also allows for employer contributions to make up for limitations on covered 
compensation imposed by the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the Bank’s Profit Sharing Plan and to enhance 
retirement  benefits  by  providing  supplemental  contributions  from  time  to  time.    Expenses  under  this  plan  were 
$92,000,  $115,000  and  $79,000  in  2008,  2007  and  2006,  respectively.   Investments for this plan are held in a Rabbi 
trust.  These investments are included in other assets and the related liability is included in other liabilities. 

The  Bank  has  a  non-contributory,  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  all  full-time  employees  over  21  years  of  age.  
Historically,  benefits  were  generally  based  upon  years  of  service  and  average  compensation  for  the  five  highest-

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
paid consecutive years of service.  Effective December, 31, 2008, this plan was converted to a non-contributory cash 
balance  pension  plan  (the  Cash  Balance  Plan)  for  all  full-time  employees  over  21  years  of  age.    Under  the  Cash 
Balance Plan, benefits earned by participants under the prior defined benefit pension plan through December 31, 
2008 were converted to an opening account balance for each participant.  This account balance for each participant 
will grow each year with annual pay credits based on age and years of service and monthly interest credits based 
on an amount established each year by the Compensation Committee.  The Bank funds pension costs in accordance 
with the funding provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. 

The following table summarizes the projected benefit obligations, plan assets, funded status and rate assumptions 
associated  with  the  Bank’s  pension  plan  based  upon  actuarial  valuations  prepared  as  of  December  31,  2008  and 
October 1, 2007 and 2006. 

                                          Plan Year Ended 
      December 31,               September 30, 
              2008 

              2007 

              2006 

$ 7,083 
1,044 
550 
(426)
(435)
(1,416)
$ 6,400 

$ 6,814 
(2,033)
-- 
(435)
$ 4,346 
$(2,054)
$(2,054)

$ 2,798 
(14)
(1,347)
(503)
$    934 

6.0%
8.5   
4.0   

$6,438 
777 
384 
(190)
(326)
-- 
$7,083 

$6,438 
702 
-- 
(326)
$6,814 
$  (269)
$  (269)

$   472 
(22)
78 
(185)
$   343 

6.3%
8.5   
4.0   

$6,029 
752 
345 
(460)
(228)
-- 
$6,438 

$5,084 
400 
1,182 
(228)
$6,438 
$      -- 
$      -- 

$   932 
(27)
85 
(346)
$   644 

6.0%
8.5   
4.0   

(Dollars in thousands)   

Change in benefit obligation 
  Projected benefit obligation, beginning 
  Service cost 
Interest cost 
  Actuarial (gain) 
  Benefits paid 
  Prior service cost due to amendment 
Projected benefit obligation, ending 
Change in plan assets 
  Fair value of plan assets, beginning 
  Actual return on plan assets 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets, ending 
Funded status 
Amounts recognized as an other liability 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income  
  Net loss 
  Net obligation at transition 
  Prior service cost 
  Deferred taxes 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income 
Weighted-average assumptions for benefit obligation as valuation date 
  Discount rate 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Rate of compensation increase 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accumulated benefit obligation was $5.29 million and $4.60 million as of the actuarial valuation dates in 2008 
and 2007, respectively. 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Components of net periodic benefit cost 
  Service cost 
Interest cost 

  Expected return on plan assets 
  Amortization of prior service cost 
  Amortization of net obligation at transition 
  Recognized net actuarial loss 
  Net periodic benefit cost 
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other 

comprehensive income (loss) 

  Net (gain) loss 
  Net obligation at transition 
  Amortization of net obligation at transition 
  Prior service cost 
  Amortization of prior service costs 
  Deferred taxes 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and  
  other comprehensive income (loss) 

                      Year Ended December 31,        
           2008 
           2006 
           2007 

$  835 
440 
(576)
7 
(5)
-- 
701 

2,326
-- 
8 
(1,416)
(9)
(318)
591 

$  777 
384 
(447)
7 
(5)
16 
732 

(461)
-- 
5 
-- 
(7)
162 
(301)

$  752 
345 
(428)
7 
(5)
45 
716 

932 
(27)
-- 
 85 
-- 
(346)
644 

$ 1,292 

$ 431 

$1,360 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Adjustment to retained earnings due to change in measurement date 
  Service cost 
Interest cost 

  Expected return on plan assets 
  Amortization of prior service cost 
  Amortization of net obligation at transition 

Income tax benefit 

  Net periodic benefit cost 

 Year Ended 
 December 
31, 2008 

$  209 
110 
(144)
1 
(1)
(61)
$  114 

The  estimated  net  loss,  obligation  at  transition  and  prior  service  cost  that  will  be  (accreted  to)  amortized  from 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  into  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  next  year  are  $115,000,  $(5,000) 
and $(68,000), respectively. 

Weighted-average assumptions for net periodic benefit cost as of 

October 1 (1) 

  Discount rate 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Rate of compensation increase 
(1) Net periodic benefit cost for the current year is based on assumptions determined at the 

valuation date of the prior year. 

78 

              2007                    2006                 2005 
5.8%
8.5   
4.0   

6.3%
8.5   
4.0   

6.0%
8.5   
4.0   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The benefits expected to be paid by the plan in the next ten years are as follows (dollars in thousands): 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 – 2018 

$      361
142
250
472
311
3,363
$4,899

The Bank selects the expected long-term rate of return on assets in consultation with its investment advisors and 
actuary.  This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or 
to be invested to provide plan benefits.  Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of 
return (net of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust and for the trust itself.  
Undue  weight  is  not  given  to  recent  experience,  which  may  not  continue  over  the  measurement  period.    Higher 
significance is placed on current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions. 

Because assets are held in a qualified trust, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes.  Further, solely for this 
purpose,  the  plan  is  assumed  to  continue  in  force  and  not  terminate  during  the  period  during  which  assets  are 
invested.    However,  consideration  is  given  to  the  potential  impact  of  current  and  future  investment  policy,  cash 
flow into and out of the trust, and expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets 
(to the extent such expenses are not explicitly within periodic costs). 

The  Bank’s  defined  benefit  pension  plan’s  weighted  average  asset  allocations  as  of  December  31,  2008  and 
September 30, 2007 by asset category are as follows: 

Mutual funds-fixed income 
Mutual funds-equity 
Cash and equivalents 

2008 
31% 

  64 
5 
100% 

2007 
35% 
60 
5 
100% 

The  trust  fund  is  sufficiently  diversified  to  maintain  a  reasonable  level  of  risk  without  imprudently  sacrificing 
return,  with  a  targeted  asset  allocation  of  40%  fixed  income  and  60%  equities.    The  investment  advisor  selects 
investment  fund  managers  with  demonstrated  experience  and  expertise,  and  funds  with  demonstrated  historical 
performance, for the implementation of the plan’s investment strategy.  The investment manager will consider both 
actively and passively managed investment strategies and will allocate funds across the asset classes to develop an 
efficient investment structure. 

It is the responsibility of the trustee to administer the investments of the trust within reasonable costs, being careful 
to avoid sacrificing quality.  These costs include, but are not limited to, management and custodial fees, consulting 
fees, transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the trust. 

NOTE 11: Related Party Transactions 

Loans outstanding to directors and executive officers totaled $734,000 and $512,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, 
respectively.  New advances to directors and officers totaled $281,000 and repayments totaled $59,000 in the year 
ended  December  31,  2008.    These  loans  were  made  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  on  substantially  the  same 
terms  and  conditions,  including  interest  rates  and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable 
transactions with unrelated persons, and, in the opinion of management, do not involve more than normal risk or 
present other unfavorable features. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 12: Share-Based Plans 

On April 15, 2008, the Corporation’s shareholders approved the Amended and Restated C&F Financial Corporation 
2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (the  Amended  2004  Plan),  which,  among  other  things,  expanded  the  group  of  eligible 
award  recipients  to  include  certain  key  employees  of  the  Corporation,  as  well  as    non-employee  directors 
(including  non-employee  regional  or  advisory  directors).    The  Amended  2004  Plan  authorizes  an  aggregate  of 
500,000  shares  of  Corporation  common  stock  to  be  issued  as  equity  awards  in  the  form  of  stock  options,  stock 
appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock  and/or  restricted  stock  units  to  key  employees  and  non-employee  directors.  
Since  the  Amended  2004  Plan’s  approval,  equity  awards  have  only  been  issued  in  the  form  of  restricted  stock, 
which are accounted for using the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted 
shares are awarded. 

Prior  to  the  approval  of  the  Amended  2004  Plan,  the  Corporation  awarded  options  to  purchase  common  stock 
and/or  grants  of  restricted  shares  of  common  stock  to  certain  key  employees  of  the  Corporation  under  the  C&F 
Financial  Corporation  2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (the  2004  Plan),  which  was  approved  by  the  Corporation’s 
shareholders  on  April  20,  2004.    Options  were  issued  to  employees  at  a  price  equal  to  the  fair  market  value  of 
common  stock  at  the  date  granted.    Restricted  shares  were  accounted  for  using  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Corporation’s  common stock on the date the restricted shares are awarded.  The maximum aggregate number of 
shares  that  could  be  issued  pursuant  to  awards  made  under  the  2004  Plan  was  500,000.    As  a  result  of  the 
accelerated vesting of all unvested options on December 20, 2005 and because no options were granted under the 
2004 Plan in 2008, 2007 and 2006, all options outstanding under the 2004 Plan are exercisable on December 31, 2008.  
All options expire ten years from the grant date. 

Prior  to  the  approval  of  the  2004  Plan,  the  Corporation  granted  options  to  purchase  common  stock  under  the 
Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1994  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (the  1994  Plan).    The  1994  Plan 
expired  on  April  30,  2004.    The  maximum  aggregate  number  of  shares  that  could  be  issued  pursuant  to  awards 
made under the 1994 Plan was 500,000.  Options were issued to employees at a price equal to the fair market value 
of common stock at the date granted.  As a result of the accelerated vesting of all unvested options on December 20, 
2005, all options outstanding under the 1994 Plan are exercisable as of December 31, 2008.  All options expire ten 
years from the grant date. 

In  1998,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  25,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  under  the  C&F  Financial 
Corporation 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan (the Director Plan).  In 1999, the Director Plan 
was amended to authorize a total of 150,000 shares for issuance.  Under the Director Plan, options were issued to 
non-employee directors at a price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted.  As a result of 
the accelerated vesting of all unvested options on December 20, 2005 and the vesting of options granted in 2006 and 
2007, all options outstanding under the Director Plan are exercisable as of December 31, 2008.  All options expire 
ten years from the grant date.  In 2008, the Corporation ceased granting awards to non-employee directors under 
the Director Plan, which expired in 2008, and non-employee directors were added to the group of eligible award 
recipients under the Amended 2004 Plan. 

In  1999,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  25,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  under  the  C&F  Financial 
Corporation 1999 Regional Director Stock Compensation Plan (the Regional Director Plan).  Options were issued to 
regional directors of the Bank at a price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted.  As a 
result of the accelerated vesting of all unvested options on December 20, 2005 and because no options were granted 
under the Regional Director Plan in 2008, 2007 and 2006, all options outstanding under the Regional Director Plan 
are exercisable as of December 31, 2008.  All options expire ten years from the grant date.  Upon approval of the 
Amended 2004 Plan in 2008, the Corporation ceased granting awards to regional directors of the Bank under the 
Regional Director Plan, which was to expire in 2009, and regional directors of the Bank were added to the group of 
eligible award recipients under the Amended 2004 Plan. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock option transactions under the various plans for the periods indicated were as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts)   

                           2008                           

                2007               

                    2006               

  Exercise 

Intrinsic 

  Exercise 

  Exercise 

   Shares 

    Price* 

Value 

   Shares 

    Price* 

   Shares 

    Price* 

Outstanding at beginning of year 

510,217   

$32.17     

530,167   

$31.54     

564,067   

$30.65     

Granted 

Exercised 

Canceled 

Outstanding at end of year 

*Weighted average 

--    

(13,950)  

(41,250)  

455,017   

--      

19.05     

30.65     

13,500   

(24,000)  

(9,450)  

37.17     

21.39     

31.65     

13,500   

(32,000)  

(15,400)  

39.60     

16.46     

37.13     

$32.71     

$        - 

510,217   

$32.17     

530,167   

$31.54     

Options exercisable at year-end 

455,017   

$         - 

496,717   

516,667   

Weighted-average fair value of options granted 

during the year 

N/A   

$8.05   

$10.10   

The  total  intrinsic  value  of  in-the-money  options  exercised  in  2008  was  $101,000.    Cash  received  from  option 
exercises during 2008 was $266,000.  The Corporation has a policy of issuing new shares to satisfy the exercise of 
stock options. 

There were no option grants during 2008.  The fair value of each option granted in 2007 and 2006 was estimated on 
the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: 

Dividend yield 
Dividend growth rate 
Expected life (years) 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 

 Year Ended December 31,  

2007 

3.3% 
5.0 
8 
25.0% 
4.7% 

2006 

2.9% 
5.0 
8  
25.0% 
5.2% 

The  dividend  yield  and  growth  rate  assumptions  were  based  on  the  Corporation’s  history  and  expectation  of 
dividend payouts.  The expected life was based on historical exercise experience.  The expected volatility was based 
on historical volatility.  The risk-free interest rates for periods within the contractual life of the awards were based 
on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008:  

                                                             Options Outstanding and Exercisable                           

Number  

Outstanding at 

December 31, 

2008 

147,967   
233,750   

73,300 

455,017   

Remaining 

Contractual 

Life* 

2.7 
6.7 

4.9 

5.1 

Exercise 

Price* 

$19.40 
  38.29 

  41.79 

$32.71 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$15.75 to $23.49 
$35.20 to $39.60 

$40.50 to $46.20 

Total 

*Weighted average  

As  permitted  under  the  Amended  2004  Plan  and  previously  the  2004  Plan,  the  Corporation  awards  shares  of 
restricted stock to certain key employees and non-employee directors.  Restricted shares awarded to employees are 
generally subject to a five-year vesting period and restricted shares awarded to non-employee directors are subject 
to  a  three-year  vesting  period.    As  of  December  31,  2008,  a  total  of  45,700  shares  of  restricted  stock  were 
outstanding, which consisted of 10,600 shares issued in 2008, 15,700 shares issued in 2007 and 19,400 shares issued 
in 2006.  Compensation is accounted for using the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the restricted shares are awarded, which averaged $19.66, $31.87 and $39.01 per share for restricted stock issued in 
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and outstanding as of December 31, 2008.  Compensation expense is charged to 
income ratably over the vesting periods.  As of December 31, 2008, there was $1.03 million of total unrecognized 
compensation cost related to restricted stock granted under the Amended 2004 Plan and the 2004 Plan.  The cost is 
expected to be recognized through 2013. 

NOTE 13: Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions  

The  Corporation  (on  a  consolidated  basis)  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements 
administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain 
mandatory,  and  possibly  additional  discretionary,  actions  by  regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could  have  a  direct 
material  effect  on  the Corporation’s and the Bank’s financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and 
the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action,  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  must  meet  specific  capital 
guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Corporation’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-
balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Corporation’s and the Bank’s capital 
amounts  and  classification  are  subject  to  qualitative  judgments  by  the  regulators  about  components,  risk 
weightings, and other factors.  Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and the Bank 
to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted 
assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (all as defined in the regulations).  For both the Corporation and the 
Bank, Tier 1 capital consists of shareholders’ equity excluding any net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available 
for sale, amounts resulting from the adoption and application of SFAS 158 and goodwill net of any related deferred 
tax  liability,  and  total  capital  consists  of  Tier  1  capital  and  a  portion  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.    For  the 
Corporation  only,  Tier  1  and  total  capital  also  include  trust  preferred  securities.    Risk-weighted  assets  for  the 
Corporation and the Bank were $681.25 million and $676.37 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008 and $644.55 
million  and  $638.41  million,  respectively,  at  December  31,  2007.    Management  believes  that,  as  of  December  31, 
2008, the Corporation and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

As  of  December  31,  2008,  the  most  recent  notification  from  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (FDIC) 
categorized  the  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.    To  be 
categorized  as  well  capitalized,  the  Bank  must  maintain  minimum  total  risk-based,  Tier  1  risk-based  and  Tier  1 
leverage  ratios  as  set  forth  in  the  table  below.    There  are  no  conditions  or  events  since  that  notification  that 
management believes have changed the Bank’s category.  

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:  

(Dollars in thousands) 
As of December 31, 2008: 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 

As of December 31, 2007: 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 

             Actual          

Minimum Capital 
       Requirements    

   Minimum To Be 
   Well Capitalized 
   Under Prompt 
   Corrective Action 
       Provisions        

Amount

Ratio   

Amount

Ratio   

Amount

Ratio   

$83,836
81,174

73,575
72,579

73,575
72,579

$82,376
76,898

72,296
68,819

72,296
68,819

12.3%
12.0   

10.8   
10.7   

8.9   
8.7   

12.8%
12.1   

11.2   
10.8   

9.4   
9.0   

$54,500
54,109

27,250
27,055

33,263
33,217

$51,564
51,073

25,782
25,537

30,835
30,633

8.0%
8.0   

4.0   
4.0   

4.0   
4.0   

8.0%
8.0   

4.0   
4.0   

4.0   
4.0   

N/A
$67,637

N/A   
10.0% 

N/A
40,582

N/A
41,521

N/A   
6.0    

N/A   
5.0    

N/A N/A   
10.0% 

$63,841

N/A N/A   
6.0    

38,305

N/A N/A   
5.0    

38,291

On  December  14,  2007,  the  Corporation  issued  $10.00  million  of  trust  preferred  securities  through  a  statutory 
business  trust  for  general  corporate  purposes  including  the  refinancing  of  existing  debt.    On  July  21,  2005,  the 
Corporation issued $10.00 million of trust preferred securities through a statutory business trust to partially fund 
the  purchase of 427,186 shares of the Corporation’s common stock at $41 per share on July 27, 2005.  These trust 
preferred securities may be treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes up to 
25% of Tier 1 capital after its inclusion.  Accordingly, $18.39 million and $18.07 million of the Corporation’s trust 
preferred  securities  is  included  in  Tier  1  capital  in  the  Corporation’s  capital  ratios  presented  above  for  2008  and 
2007,  respectively.    The  remaining  $1.61  million  and  $1.93  million  of  the  Corporation’s  total  trust  preferred 
securities  outstanding  on  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  respectively,  is  included in the Corporation’s total capital 
ratios presented above as a component of Tier 2 capital.  Refer to Note 19 for a description of a capital transaction 
that  occurred  after  December  31,  2008,  which  will  affect  future  capital  amounts  and  ratios  at  the  Bank  and  the 
Corporation. 

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by 
the Bank to the Corporation.  The total amount of dividends that may be paid at any date is generally limited to the 
retained  earnings  of  the  Bank,  and  loans  or  advances  are  limited  to  10  percent  of  the  Bank’s  capital  stock  and 
surplus on a secured basis. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14: Commitments and Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk 

The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to 
meet  the  financing  needs  of  its  customers.    These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend  credit, 
commitments to sell loans, and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve elements of credit and interest 
rate risk in excess of the amount on the balance sheet.  The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent 
of involvement the Corporation has in particular classes of financial instruments.  

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for 
commitments  to  extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit  written  is  represented  by  the  contractual  amount  of 
these instruments.  

The  Bank  uses  the  same  credit  policies  in  making  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  it  does  for  on-
balance-sheet instruments.  Collateral is obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer.  

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of the terms 
of the contract prior to funding.  Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may 
require payment of a fee by the customer.  Since many of the commitments may expire without being completely 
drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    The  Bank 
evaluates  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.    The  total  amount  of  loan  commitments  was 
$75.03 million and $98.02 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a 
customer  to  a  third  party.    The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is  essentially  the  same  as  that 
involved  in  extending  loans  to  customers.    The  total  contract  amount  of  standby  letters  of  credit,  whose  contract 
amounts represent credit risk, was $7.82 million and $7.06 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

At  December  31,  2008,  C&F  Mortgage  had  rate  lock  commitments  to  originate  mortgage  loans  amounting  to 
approximately  $48.13  million  and  loans  held  for  sale  of  $37.04  million.    C&F  Mortgage  has  entered  into 
corresponding  commitments  with  third  party  investors  to  sell  loans  of  approximately  $85.17  million.    Under  the 
contractual relationship with these investors, C&F Mortgage is obligated to sell the loans only if the loans close.  No 
other  obligation  exists.    As  a  result  of  these  contractual  relationships  with  these  investors,  C&F  Mortgage  is  not 
exposed to losses nor will it realize gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. 

C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party investors, some of 
whom require the repurchase of loans in the event of early default or faulty documentation.  Mortgage loans and 
their  related  servicing  rights  are  sold  under  agreements  that  define  certain  eligibility  criteria  for  the  mortgage 
loans.  Recourse periods vary from 90 days up to one year and conditions for repurchase vary with the investor.  
C&F  Mortgage  maintains  an  indemnification  reserve  for  potential  claims  made  under  these  recourse  provisions.  
Risks also arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts.  C&F Mortgage has 
procedures in place to evaluate the credit risk of investors and does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its 
obligations. 

The  Corporation  is  committed  under  noncancelable  operating  leases  for  certain  office  locations.    Rent  expense 
associated with these operating leases was $1.30 million, $1.19 million and $911,000, for the years ended December 
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future  minimum  lease  payments  due  under  these  leases  as  of  December  31,  2008  are  as  follows  (dollars  in 
thousands):  

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
Thereafter 

$1,046
863
774
313
98
33
$3,127

NOTE 15:  Fair Value Measurements  

The  Corporation  adopted  SFAS  157  on  January  1,  2008  to  record  fair  value  adjustments  to  certain  assets  and 
liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures.  SFAS 157 clarifies that fair value of certain assets and liabilities is 
an  exit  price,  representing  the  amount  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an 
orderly transaction between market participants. 

In  February  of  2008,  the  FASB  issued  FSP  No.  157-2,  which  delayed  the  effective  date  of  SFAS  157  for  certain 
nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities except for those items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value 
in  the  financial  statements  on  a  recurring  basis.    FSP  157-2  defers  the  effective  date  of  SFAS  157  for  such 
nonfinancial  assets  and  nonfinancial  liabilities  to  fiscal  years  beginning  after  November  15,  2008,  and  interim 
periods within those fiscal years.  Thus, the Corporation has only partially applied SFAS 157. 

In  October  of  2008,  the  FASB  issued  FSP  No.  157-3  to  clarify  the  application  of  SFAS  157  in  a  market  that  is  not 
active and to provide key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that 
financial  asset  is  not  active.    FSP  157-3  was  effective  upon  issuance,  including  prior  periods  for  which  financial 
statements were not issued.   

The fair value hierarchy under SFAS 157 is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or 
liability as of the measurement date, and prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value 
in three broad levels (Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3).  Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets 
(as defined) for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement 
date.  Level 2 inputs are inputs that include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and 
inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the 
financial  instrument.    Level  3  inputs  are  unobservable  inputs  for  the  asset  or  liability  and  reflect  the  reporting 
entity’s own assumptions regarding the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. 

The  following  describes  the  valuation  techniques  used  by  the  Corporation  to  measure  certain  financial  assets 
recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements. 

Securities:    Where  quoted  prices  are  available  in  an  active  market,  securities  are  classified  as  Level  1  of  the 
valuation  hierarchy.    Level  1  securities  would  include  highly  liquid  government  bonds,  mortgage  products  and 
exchange-traded equities.  If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing 
models,  quoted  prices  of  securities  with  similar  characteristics,  or  discounted  cash  flow  and  are  classified  within 
Level  2  of  the  valuation  hierarchy.    Level  2  securities  would  include  U.S.  agency  securities,  mortgage-backed 
agency  securities,  obligations  of  states  and  political  subdivisions  and  certain  corporate,  asset-backed  and  other 
securities.    In  certain  cases  where  there  is  limited  activity  or  less  transparency  around  inputs  to  the  valuation, 
securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.  Currently, all of the Corporation’s securities are 
considered to be Level 2 securities. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans  Held  for  Sale:    Loans  held  for  sale  are  required  to  be  measured  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  fair  value.    Under 
SFAS 157, market value is to represent fair value.  Management obtains contractual commitments to sell all of these 
loans  directly from the purchasing financial institutions.  Premiums to be received under these commitments are 
indicative  of  the  fact  that  cost  is  lower  than  fair  value.    At  December  31,  2008,  the  entire  balance  of  the 
Corporation’s loans held for sale was recorded at cost. 

Impaired Loans:  SFAS 157 applies to loans measured for impairment using the practical expedients permitted by 
SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, including impaired loans measured at an observable 
market price (if available), or at the fair value of the loan’s collateral (if the loan is collateral dependent).  Fair value 
of the loan’s collateral, when the loan is dependent on collateral, is determined by Level 3 valuation inputs, such as 
appraisal or independent valuation, which is then adjusted for the cost related to liquidation of the collateral.  At 
December 31, 2008, the Corporation’s impaired loans were valued at $15.89 million. 

Other Real Estate Owned:  OREO is measured at fair value based on Level 3 valuation inputs, in accordance with 
the provisions of SFAS 157, less costs to sell.  At December 31, 2008, the Corporation’s OREO was valued at $1.97 
million. 

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Corporation to measure certain financial assets and 
financial liabilities that are not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements: 

Cash and short-term investments.  The nature of these instruments and their relatively short maturities provide for 
the reporting of fair value equal to the historical cost.  

Loans.  The estimated fair value of the loan portfolio is based on present values using discount rates equal to the 
market rates currently charged on similar products. 

Deposits and borrowings.  The fair value of all demand deposit accounts is the amount payable at the report date. 
For all other deposits and borrowings, the fair value is determined using the discounted cash flow method.  The 
discount rate was equal to the rate currently offered on similar products.  

Accrued interest.  The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates fair value. 

Letters of credit.  The estimated fair value of letters of credit is based on estimated fees the Corporation would pay 
to  have  another  entity  assume  its  obligation  under  the  outstanding  arrangements.   These fees are not considered 
material. 

Unused  portions  of  lines  of  credit.    The  estimated  fair  value  of  unused  portions  of  lines  of  credit  is  based  on 
estimated  fees  the  Corporation  would  pay  to  have  another  entity  assume  its  obligation  under  the  outstanding 
arrangements.  These fees are not considered material. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Financial assets: 
  Cash and short-term investments 
  Securities 
  Net loans 
  Loans held for sale, net 
  Accrued interest receivable 
Financial liabilities: 
  Demand deposits 
  Time deposits 
  Borrowings 
  Accrued interest payable 

                                             December 31,                              
                          2008                                        2007                
Estimated
Fair Value

Estimated
Fair Value

Carrying
Amount

Carrying
Amount

$  9,888
100,603
633,017
37,042
5,096

281,827
268,898
219,460
1,921

$  9,888
100,603
634,928
37,904
5,096

272,164
272,340
210,640
1,921

$  12,263
81,255
585,881
34,083
5,069

264,622
262,949
176,047
2,115

$  12,263
81,255
583,467
35,073
5,069

267,193
263,152
173,351
2,115

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Corporation  assumes  interest  rate  risk  (the  risk that general interest rate levels will change) as a result of its 
normal operations.  As a result, the fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments will change when interest 
rate  levels  change  and  that  change  may  be  either  favorable  or  unfavorable  to  the  Corporation.    Management 
attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to balance minimizing interest 
rate  risk  and  increasing  net  interest  income  in  current  market  conditions.  However,  borrowers  with  fixed  rate 
obligations  are  less  likely  to  prepay  in  a  rising  rate  environment  and  more  likely  to  prepay  in  a  falling  rate 
environment.    Conversely,  depositors  who  are  receiving  fixed  rates  are  more  likely  to  withdraw  funds  before 
maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment.  Management monitors 
rates, maturities and repricing dates of assets and liabilities and attempts to manage interest rate risk by adjusting 
terms  of  new  loans,  deposits  and  borrowings  and  by  investing  in  securities  with  terms  that  mitigate  the 
Corporation’s overall interest rate risk.  

NOTE 16: Business Segments  

The  Corporation  operates  in  a  decentralized  fashion  in  three  principal  business  segments:    Retail  Banking, 
Mortgage Banking and Consumer Finance.  Revenues from Retail Banking operations consist primarily of interest 
earned on loans and investment securities and service charges on deposit accounts.  Mortgage Banking operating 
revenues  consist  principally  of  gains  on  sales  of  loans  in  the  secondary  market,  loan  origination  fee  income  and 
interest  earned  on  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale.    Revenues  from  Consumer  Finance  consist  primarily  of  interest 
earned on automobile retail installment sales contracts. 

The Corporation’s other segments include: 

• 
• 
• 

an investment company that derives revenues from brokerage services, 
an insurance company that derives revenues from insurance services, and 
a title company that derives revenues from title insurance services. 

The  results  of  these  other  segments  are  not  significant  to  the  Corporation  as  a  whole  and  have  been  included  in 
“Other.”    Revenue  and  expenses  of  the  Corporation  are  also  included  in  “Other,”  and  consist  primarily  of 
dividends  received  on  the  Corporation’s  investment  in  equity  securities,  the  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac 
impairment  charge  previously  discussed  and  interest  expense  associated  with  the  Corporation’s  trust  preferred 
capital  notes.    Segment  information  for  years  ended  December  31,  2007  and  2006  has  been  restated  for  the 
reclassification of the Corporation’s revenue and expenses from the Retail Banking segment to the Other segment 
in order to conform to the current year’s presentation. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income (loss) 
Expenses: 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

                         Year Ended December 31, 2008                       

    Retail 
     Banking 

  Mortgage 
  Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations  

Consolidated 

$    36,376   
—   
6,033   
42,409   

$    2,034  
16,714  
2,168  
20,916  

$  28,955    $      194   
—  
(333) 
(139) 

—   
588   
29,543   

$   (3,429)   
(21)   
—    
(3,450)   

$   64,130   
16,693   
8,456   
89,279   

15,873   
13,378   
12,227   
41,478   
$       931   
$697,882   
$         —   
$      395    

370  
8,889  
9,294  
18,553  
$   2,363  
$ 45,132  
$        —  
$      215  

7,178   
4,662   
13,385   
25,225   

1,459   
758   
456   
2,673   
$     4,318    $(2,812) 
$ 178,679    $ 2,521   
$   10,724    $      —   
$        114    $        4   

(3,485)   
37    
—    
(3,448)   
$         (2)   
$(68,557)   
$         —    
$         —    

21,395   
27,724   
35,362   
84,481   
$  4,798   
$855,657   
$  10,724   
$       728   

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

                         Year Ended December 31, 2007                       

    Retail 
     Banking 

  Mortgage 
  Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations  

Consolidated 

$    39,908   
—   
5,316   
45,224   

16,616   
14,626   
 8,871   
40,113   
$    5,111   
$634,722   
$         —   
$   1,711    

$    2,482  
 15,854  
 2,790  
 21,126  

992   
11,095   
6,210   
18,297   
$   2,829   
$ 44,841   
$        —   
$     273    

$  26,060    $    295   
—   
 1,349  
 1,644  

—   
590   
26,650   

$   (3,920)   
(21)   
—    
(3,941)   

$   64,825   
15,833   
10,045   
90,703   

8,708   
4,317   
9,200   
22,225   

1,055   
720   
433   
2,208   
$     4,425    $   (564) 
$ 167,400    $      40   
$   10,724    $      —   
$        267    $      —   

(3,993)   
29    
—    
(3,964)   
$         23    
$(61,407)   
$         —    
$         —    

23,378   
30,787   
24,714   
78,879   
$  11,824   
$785,596   
$  10,724   
$    2,251   

             Year Ended December 31, 2006              

    Retail 
     Banking 

  Mortgage 
  Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations  

Consolidated 

$    37,545   
—   
5,099   
42,644   

12,414   
 13,001   
 7,560   
32,975   
$    9,669   
$591,573   
$         —   
$   5,485    

$    2,737  
 17,149  
 3,678  
 23,564  

1,428   
12,137   
6,221   
19,786   
$   3,778   
$ 60,022   
$        —   
$     425    

$  21,384    $   198   
—    
 973   
 1,171   

—   
539   
21,923   

$  (3,282)    
(51)    
—    
(3,333)    

$   58,582   
17,098   
10,289   
85,969   

6,849   
3,146   
6,924   
16,919   

1,106   
668   
241   
2,015   
$     5,004    $   (844) 
$ 140,024    $      51   
$   10,724    $      —   
$        207    $        3   

(3,340)    
55     
—    
(3,285)    
$       (48)    
$(57,202)    
$          —    
$          —    

18,457   
29,007   
20,946   
68,410   
$  17,559   
$734,468   
$  10,724   
$    6,120   

The  Retail  Banking  segment  extends  a  warehouse  line  of  credit  to  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  providing  a 
portion  of  the  funds  needed  to  originate  mortgage  loans.    The  Retail  Banking  segment  charges  the  Mortgage 
Banking  segment  interest  at  the  daily  FHLB  advance  rate  plus  50  basis  points.    The  Retail  Banking  segment  also 
provides  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  with  a  portion  of  the  funds  needed  to  originate  loans  by  means  of  a 
variable rate line of credit that carries interest at one-month LIBOR plus 175 basis points and fixed rate loans that 
carry interest rates ranging from 5.4 percent to 8.0 percent.  The Retail Banking segment acquires certain residential 
real estate loans from the Mortgage Banking segment at prices similar to those paid by third-party investors.  These 
transactions  are  eliminated  to  reach  consolidated  totals.    Certain  corporate  overhead  costs  incurred  by  the  Retail 
Banking segment are not allocated to the Mortgage Banking, Consumer Finance and Other segments. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     December 31,         

             2008 

             2007 

$      92
1,612
3,266
80,607
$85,577

$20,620
100
64,857
$85,577

$      147
3,867
2,087
79,821
$85,922

$20,620
78
65,224
$85,922

            2006 

                    Year Ended December 31,         
            2007 
$      292  
(874) 
19,394  
(10,325) 
584  
(591) 
 $   8,480  

            2008 
$      189  
(1,306) 
3,859  
2,258  
1,358  
(2,177) 
 $   4,181  

$     194  
(1,106) 
4,038  
8,681  
518  
(196) 
$12,129  

NOTE 17: Parent Company Condensed Financial Information  

Financial information for the parent company is as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   
Balance Sheets 
Assets 
  Cash 
  Securities available for sale 
  Other assets 

Investments in subsidiary 
  Total assets 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
  Trust preferred capital notes 
  Other liabilities 
  Shareholders’ equity 

  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

(Dollars in thousands)   
Statements of Income 
Interest income on securities 
Interest expense on borrowings 
Dividends received from bank subsidiary 
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Net income 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                    Year Ended December 31,         
           2007 

           2006 

           2008 

$   4,181  

$   8,480  

$12,129  

(2,258) 
338  
(6) 
1,575  
(1,222) 
5  
2,613  

860  
— 
— 
— 
860  

— 
— 
(40) 
(3,754) 
266  
(3,528) 
(55) 
147  
$      92  

10,325  
299  
—  
—  
(391) 
4  
18,717  

500  
(555) 
(10,000) 
(310) 
(10,365) 

(7,000) 
10,310  
(8,435) 
(3,769) 
567  
(8,327) 
25  
122  
$      147  

(8,681) 
97  
(19) 
—  
(187) 
(21) 
3,318  

152  
—  
—  
—  
152  

—  
—  
(518) 
(3,657) 
580  
(3,595) 
(125) 
247  
$    122  

(Dollars in thousands)   
Statements of Cash Flows 
Operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
  activities: 
  Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary 
  Stock-based compensation 
  Net gain on securities 
  Other-than-temporary impairment of securities 

Increase in other assets 
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities 
  Net cash provided by operating activities 
Investing activities: 
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities 
Purchase of securities 
Investment in bank subsidiary 
Investment in statutory trust 
  Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 
Financing activities: 
Net decrease in borrowings 
Issuance of trust preferred capital notes 
Purchase of common stock 
Cash dividends 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
  Net cash used in financing activities 

  Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at beginning of year 
Cash at end of year 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 18: Quarterly Condensed Statements of Income—Unaudited 

Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 
Total interest income 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Net income 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 
Dividends per common share 

Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 
Total interest income 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Net income 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 
Dividends per common share 

NOTE 19: Subsequent Event 

                                      2008 Quarter Ended                                
September 30 December 31
$15,932   
 5,868   
 6,076   
11,732   
212   
1,037   
0.35   
0.31   

March 31     June 30 
$15,904   
7,808   
 6,068   
12,053   
1,823   
1,428   
0.47   
0.31   

$15,908    
7,371    
7,182    
12,723    
1,830    
1,417    
0.47    
0.31    

$16,386    
7,922    
5,823    
12,812    
933    
299    
0.10    
0.31    

                                      2007 Quarter Ended                                
September 30 December 31
$16,735   
 8,120   
 6,472   
 12,309   
 2,283   
 1,723   
0.56   
0.31   

March 31     June 30 
$15,299   
 8,510   
 5,798   
 11,482   
 2,826   
 2,011   
0.62   
0.31   

$16,821    
8,936    
6,446    
12,197    
3,185    
2,284    
0.73    
0.31    

$15,970    
8,751    
7,162    
12,383    
3,530    
2,462    
0.77    
0.31    

On  January  9,  2009,  as  part  of  the  Capital  Purchase  Program  (Capital  Purchase  Program)  established  by  the  U.S. 
Department  of  the  Treasury  (Treasury)  under  the  Emergency  Economic  Stabilization  Act  of  2008  (EESA),  the 
Corporation issued and sold to Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $20.00 million in cash (1) 20,000 shares 
of the Corporation’s fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series A, par value $1.00 per share, having a 
liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (Series A Preferred Stock) and (2) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 
167,504 shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share (Common Stock), at an initial exercise 
price  of  $17.91  per  share  (Warrant).    The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  may  be  treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory 
capital adequacy determination purposes. 

Cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock will accrue on the liquidation preference at a rate of 5% per 
annum  for  the  first  five  years,  and  at  a  rate  of  9%  per  annum  thereafter.    The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  has  no 
maturity date and ranks senior to the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.  Under the terms of 
the  certificate  of  designations  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  in  the  Corporation’s  articles  of  incorporation,  the 
Corporation may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at 100% of their liquidation preference (plus any accrued and 
unpaid  dividends)  beginning  on  February 15, 2012.  Prior to this date, the Corporation may redeem the Series A 
Preferred  Stock  at  100%  of  their  liquidation  preference  (plus  any  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends)  if  (i)  the 
Corporation has raised aggregate gross proceeds in one or more “qualified equity offerings” of at least $5 million, 
and  (ii)  the  aggregate  redemption  price  does  not  exceed  the  aggregate  net  proceeds  from  such  qualified  equity 
offerings.    The  phrase  “qualified  equity  offering”  means  the  sale  and  issuance  for  cash  by  the  Corporation,  to 
persons  other  than  the  Corporation  or  any  Corporation  subsidiary  after  January  9,  2009,  of  shares  of  perpetual 
preferred  stock,  Common  Stock  or  any  combination  of  such  stock,  that,  in  each  case,  qualify  as  and  may  be 
included  in  Tier  1  capital  of  the  Corporation  at  the  time  of  issuance  under  the  applicable  risk-based  capital 
guidelines  of  the  FDIC  (other  than  any  such  sales  and  issuances  made  pursuant  to  agreements  or  arrangements 
entered  into,  or  pursuant  to  financing  plans  which  were  publicly  announced,  on  or  prior  to  October  13,  2008).  
However, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 appears to change these provisions to provide that 
the Corporation may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at any time, at its option, from any source of funds.  Any 
such  redemption  would  be  at  100%  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  liquidation  preference,  plus  any  unpaid 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
dividends  for  all  prior  dividend  periods,  plus  a  pro  rata  portion  of  the  dividend  for  the  then-current  dividend 
period to the redemption date.  In either event, any redemption is subject to the consent of the FDIC. 

The  purchase  agreement  pursuant  to  which  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  the  Warrant  were  sold  contains 
limitations on the payment of dividends or distributions on the Common Stock (including the payment of the cash 
dividends  in  excess  of  the  Corporation’s  current  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.31  per  share)  and  on  the 
Corporation’s  ability  to  repurchase,  redeem  or  acquire  its  Common  Stock  or  other  securities,  and  subjects  the 
Corporation to certain of the executive compensation limitations included in the EESA until such time as Treasury 
no longer owns any Series A Preferred Stock acquired through the Capital Purchase Program. 

92 

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary 
West Point, Virginia 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of 
December  31,  2008  and  2007,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  shareholders’  equity,  and  cash 
flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.  These financial statements are the responsibility of 
the Corporation’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on 
our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results 
of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, in conformity with 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States),  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission,  and  our  report  dated  March  2,  2009  expressed  an 
unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting. 

Winchester, Virginia 
March 2, 2009 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures.    The  Corporation’s  management,  including  the  Corporation’s  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  has  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation’s  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report.    Based  on  that  evaluation,  the  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  have  concluded  that  the  Corporation’s  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  were  effective  as  of  December  31,  2008  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  the 
Corporation  in  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  is  recorded,  processed, 
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is 
accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Corporation’s  management,  including  the  Corporation’s  Chief  Executive 
Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  
Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance 
that  the  Corporation’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  will  detect  or  uncover  every  situation  involving  the 
failure of persons within the Corporation or its subsidiary to disclose material information required to be set forth 
in the Corporation’s periodic reports. 

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.    Management  of  the  Corporation  is 
responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.    Therefore,  even  those  systems  determined  to  be  effective  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance 
with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December  31,  2008.    In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework.  Based 
on  our  assessment,  we  believe  that,  as  of  December  31,  2008,  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

The effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has 
been audited by Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C., the independent registered public accounting firm who also audited 
the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Yount, Hyde & 
Barbour, P.C.’s attestation report on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting appears on pages 95 
through 96 hereof. 

Changes  in  Internal  Controls.    There  were  no  changes  in  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  during  the  Corporation’s  quarter  ended  December  31,  2008  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary 
West Point, Virginia 

We  have  audited  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.    C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary’s 
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment 
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report 
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.    Our  audit 
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the 
assessed  risk.    Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A  corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A corporation’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (a)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the corporation; (b) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to  permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  corporation  are  being 
made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  corporation;  and  (c)  provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of 
the corporation’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.    Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  our  opinion,  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  shareholders’ 
equity and cash flows of C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary and our report dated March 2, 2009 expressed 
an unqualified opinion. 

Winchester, Virginia 
March 2, 2009 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information with respect to the directors of the Corporation is contained on pages 3 through 5 of the 
2009  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Election  of  Directors,”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The 
information regarding the Section 16(a) reporting requirements of the directors and executive officers is contained 
on  page  29  of  the  2009  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting 
Compliance,”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The  information  concerning  executive  officers  of  the 
Corporation  is  included  after  Item  4  of  this  Form  10-K  under  the  caption,  “Executive  Officers  of  the  Registrant.”  
The Corporation has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (Code) that applies to its directors, executives 
and employees including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and 
controller,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions.    We  will  either  post  this  Code  on  our  Internet  website  at 
http://www.cffc.com under “About C&F/C&F Financial Corporation/Corporate Governance” or, if not so posted, 
provide a copy of the Code to any person without charge upon written request to C&F Financial Corporation, c/o 
Secretary,  P.O.  Box  391,  West  Point,  Virginia  23181.    We  intend  to  provide  any  required  disclosure  of  any 
amendment  to  or  waiver  from  the  Code that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, 
principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on http://www.cffc.com under 
“About C&F/C&F Financial Corporation/Corporate Governance” promptly following the amendment or waiver.  
We  may  elect  to  disclose  any  such  amendment  or  waiver  in  a  report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  either  in 
addition to or in lieu of the website disclosure.  The information contained on or connected to our Internet website 
is not incorporated by reference in this report and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we 
file or furnish to the SEC. 

The  board  of  directors  of  the  Corporation  has  a  standing  Audit  Committee,  which  is  comprised  of  four 
directors who satisfy all of the following criteria:  (i) meet the independence requirements of the NASDAQ Stock 
Market’s  (NASDAQ)  listing  standards,  (ii)  have  not  accepted  directly  or  indirectly  any  consulting,  advisory,  or 
other  compensatory  fee  from  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries,  (iii)  are  not  an  affiliated  person  of  the 
Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  and  (iv)  are  competent  to  read  and  understand  financial  statements.    In 
addition, at least one member of the Audit Committee has past employment experience in finance or accounting or 
comparable  experience  that  results  in  the  individual’s  financial  sophistication.    The  members  of  the  Audit 
Committee are Messrs. J. P. Causey Jr., Barry R. Chernack, C. Elis Olsson and William E. O’Connell Jr.  The board 
of  directors  has  determined  that  the  chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee,  Mr.  Barry  R.  Chernack,  qualifies  as  an 
“audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of applicable regulations of the SEC, promulgated pursuant 
to the SOX Act.  Mr. Chernack is independent of management based on the independence requirements set forth in 
the NASDAQ’s listing standards’ definition of “independent director.” 

The Corporation provides an informal process for security holders to send communications to its board of 
directors.    Security  holders  who  wish  to  contact  the  board  of  directors  or  any  of  its  members  may  do  so  by 
addressing  their  written  correspondence  to  C&F  Financial  Corporation,  Board  of  Directors,  c/o  Corporate 
Secretary, P.O. Box 391, West Point, Virginia 23181.  Correspondence directed to an individual board member will 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
be  referred,  unopened,  to  that  member.    Correspondence  not  directed  to  a  particular  board  member  will  be 
referred, unopened, to the Chairman of the Board. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  contained  on  pages  9  through  21  of  the  2009  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions, 
“Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  “Executive  Compensation”  and  “Compensation 
Committee  Report,”  and  the  information  on  pages  22  through  26  of  the  2009  Proxy  Statement  are  incorporated 
herein by reference.  The information regarding director compensation contained on pages 7 through 8 of the 2009 
Proxy Statement under the caption, “Director Compensation,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information contained on pages 2 through 3 of the 2009 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Security 

Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” is incorporated herein by reference.  

The  information  contained  on  page  30  of  the  2009  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Equity 

Compensation Plan Information,” is incorporated herein by reference.   

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

The information contained on pages 8 through 9 of the 2009 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Interest of 
Management in Certain Transactions,” is incorporated herein by reference.  The information contained on page 5 of 
the 2009 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Director Independence,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14. 

 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  contained  on  pages  28  through  29  of  the  2009  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions, 

“Principal Accountant Fees” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

 (a)   Exhibits: 

3.1 

Articles  of  Incorporation  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-KSB filed March 29, 1996) 

3.1.1  Amendment  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  (incorporated  by 

reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

3.2 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of C&F Financial Corporation, as adopted October 16, 2007 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed October 22, 2007) 

Certain instruments relating to trust preferred securities not being registered have been omitted in 
accordance  with  Item  601(b)(4)(iii)  of  Regulation  S-K.    The  registrant  will  furnish  a  copy  of  any 
such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request. 

4.1 

4.2 

*10.1 

*10.3 

*10.4 

Certificate of Designations for 20,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred 
Stock,  Series  A  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1.1  to  Form  8-K  filed  January  14, 
2009) 

Warrant  to  Purchase  up  to  167,504  shares  of  Common  Stock,  dated  January  9,  2009 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

Amended  and  Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 30, 2008 between 
C&F Financial Corporation and Larry G. Dillon 

Amended  and  Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 30, 2008 between 
C&F Financial Corporation and Thomas F. Cherry 

Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial 
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.4.1  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred 
Compensation Plan for C&F Financial Corporation dated as of December 31, 2008 

*10.4.2  Attachment  to  the  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified 
Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation  dated  as  of  January  1,  2008 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.4.3  Amendment  to  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified 
Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation  effectively  dated  as  of 
December 31, 2008 

*10.5 

Restated  VBA  Directors’  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.5.1  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Director’s  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for 

C&F Financial dated as of December 31, 2008 

*10.5.2  Amendment  to  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Directors’  Deferred 
Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation  effectively  dated  as  of  December  31, 
2008 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*10.6 

*10.7 

*10.8 

*10.9 

Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1994 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

Incentive  Stock  Plan 

Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1998  Non-Employee  Director  Stock 
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 
2008) 

Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1999  Regional  Director  Stock 
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 
2008) 

C&F  Financial  Corporation  Management  Incentive  Plan  dated  February  25,  2005,  as 
amended  March  6,  2006  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.8  to  Form  10-K  filed 
March 9, 2006) 

*10.10  Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  2004 

Incentive  Stock  Plan 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.10.1  Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 10.10.1 to Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2008) 

*10.11 

Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed December 29, 2004) 

*10.12  Employment  Agreement  dated  April  16,  2002  between  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and 
Bryan  McKernon,  as  amended  December  19,  2006  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.11 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2007) 

*10.12.1  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and  Bryan 

McKernon, dated December 30, 2008. 

*10.14  Amended  and  Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 30, 2008 between 

C&F Financial Corporation and Bryan McKernon 

*10.15 

Schedule  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Non-Employee  Directors’  Annual  Compensation 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2005) 

*10.16  Base Salaries for Named Executive Officers of C&F Financial Corporation  

*10.17 

Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.16 to Form 8-K filed December 18, 2006) 

10.19  Amended  and  Restated  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  by  and  between  Wells  Fargo 
Preferred Capital, Inc., various financial institutions and C&F Finance Company dated as 
of August 25, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Form 8-K filed August 28, 
2008) 

10.24  Letter  Agreement,  dated  January  9,  2009,  including  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement-
Standard  Terms  incorporated  by  reference  therein,  between  C&F  Financial  Corporation 
and the United States Depart of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to 
Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

*10.25 

Form  of  Waiver  executed  by  each  of  Larry  G.  Dillon,  Thomas  F.  Cherry  and  Bryan  E. 
McKernon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*10.26  Omnibus Benefit Plan Amendment dated January 9, 2009, and Form of Consent executed 
by  each  of  Larry  G.  Dillon,  Thomas  F.  Cherry  and  Bryan  E.  McKernon  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

21 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

23 

Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. 

31.1  Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

31.2  Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

32  Certification of CEO/CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 

*Indicates management contract 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date:  March 6, 2009 

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

(Registrant) 

By:  /s/ Larry G. Dillon 
Larry G. Dillon 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date:  March 6, 2009 

Date:  March 6, 2009 

Date:  March 6, 2009 

Date:  March 6, 2009 

Date:  March 6, 2009 

Date:  March 6, 2009 

Date:  March 6, 2009 

Date:     March 6, 2009 

Date:  March 6, 2009 

Date:  March 6, 2009 

/s/ Larry G. Dillon 
Larry G. Dillon, Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Thomas F. Cherry 
Thomas F. Cherry, Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

/s/ J. P. Causey Jr. 
J. P. Causey Jr., Director 

/s/ Barry R. Chernack 
Barry R. Chernack, Director 

/s/ Audrey D. Holmes   
Audrey D. Holmes, Director 

/s/ James H. Hudson III          
James H. Hudson III, Director 

/s/ Joshua H. Lawson 
Joshua H. Lawson, Director 

/s/ William E. O’Connell Jr.                     
William E. O’Connell Jr., Director 

/s/ C. Elis Olsson 
C. Elis Olsson, Director 

/s/ Paul C. Robinson 
Paul C. Robinson, Director 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  graph  compares  the  yearly  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  C&F  Financial 
Corporation’s  (the  Corporation)  common  stock  with  the  yearly  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  stocks 
included  in  (1)  the  NASDAQ  Total  Return  Index  and  (2)  the  NASDAQ  Bank  Index.    The  graph  assumes  $100 
invested on December 31, 2003 in the Corporation, the NASDAQ Total Return Index and the NASDAQ Bank Index 
and shows the total return on such an investment, assuming reinvestment of dividends as of December 31, 2008.  
There can be no assurance that the Corporation’s stock performance in the future will continue with the same or 
similar trends depicted in the graph below. 

C&F Financial Corporation

Total Return Performance

C&F Financial Corporation

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Bank

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

20
12/31/03

12/31/04

12/31/05

12/31/06

12/31/07

12/31/08

Index
C&F Financial Corporation
NASDAQ Composite
NASDAQ Bank

Period Ending
12/31/03 12/31/04 12/31/05 12/31/06 12/31/07 12/31/08
46.86
78.72
69.88

108.26
120.56
117.87

100.00
100.00
100.00

104.03
108.59
110.99

98.93
110.08
106.18

84.95
132.39
91.85

 
 
 
 
 
 
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
7KLV#SDJH#LQWHQWLRQDOO\#OHIW#EODQN1#

#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
7KLV#SDJH#LQWHQWLRQDOO\#OHIW#EODQN1#

#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
7KLV#SDJH#LQWHQWLRQDOO\#OHIW#EODQN1#

39d09_976 full cvr  2/24/09  12:46 PM  Page 2

Left to Right: Laura Shreaves, Tom Cherry, Bryan McKernon, Vern Lockwood,
Larry Dillon, Matthew Steilberg, Amy Doherty, Charlie Link, 
Ron Espy, Eric Nost and Dusty Crone

C&F Financial Corporation is a one-bank holding
company providing a full range of banking services to
individuals and businesses through its subsidiaries.

C&F Bank (Citizens and Farmers Bank) offers quality
banking services to individuals and businesses through
18 retail branches located from Hampton to Richmond
in Virginia. 

C&F Mortgage Corporation originates and sells
residential mortgages throughout Virginia, North
Carolina, Maryland, Delaware and New Jersey.
Through its subsidiaries, C&F Mortgage provides
ancillary mortgage loan production  services for loan
settlement, residential appraisals and title insurance.

C&F Finance Company specializes in new and used
automobile lending in Virginia, Indiana, North
Carolina, Maryland, Kentucky, Ohio, Tennessee and
West Virginia.  

C&F Investment Services, Inc. provides a full range
of securities brokerage, life and health insurance and
investment services to individuals and businesses
through the Bank’s 18 retail branch locations.

WE BELIEVE

Excellence is the standard for all we do, achieved by encouraging

and nourishing: 
• Respect for others
• Honest, open communication
• Individual development and satisfaction
• A sense of ownership and responsibility 

for the Corporation’s success

• Participation, cooperation, and teamwork
• Creativity, innovation, and initiative
• Prudent risk-taking and
• Recognition and rewards for achievement.

We must conduct ourselves morally and ethically at all times and

in all relationships.

We have an obligation to the well-being of all the communities we serve.

That our officers and staff are our most important assets, making
the critical difference in how the Corporation performs; and, 
through their work and effort, separates us from all competitors.

STOCK LISTING
Current market quotations for the common stock of C&F Financial
Corporation are available under the symbol CFFI.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company serves as transfer agent
for the Corporation.
You may write them at: 

59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level
New York, NY 10038
telephone them toll-free at:

1-800-937-5449
or visit their website at:
www.amstock.com

INVESTOR RELATIONS & 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
C&F  Financial  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and
quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,  may  be  obtained  without  charge  by  visiting
the Corporation’s website at www.cffc.com. 

Copies of these documents can also be obtained without charge upon
written  request.  Requests  for  this  or  other  financial  information
about C&F Financial Corporation should be directed to:

Thomas Cherry
Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary
C&F Financial Corporation
P.O. Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

2008 C&F Annual Report 

2008 C&F Annual Report  

39d09_976 full cvr  2/24/09  12:46 PM  Page 1

3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
757-741-2201

802 Main Street
PO Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

www.cffc.com